WO2018062105A1 - Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device - Google Patents

Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018062105A1
WO2018062105A1 PCT/JP2017/034555 JP2017034555W WO2018062105A1 WO 2018062105 A1 WO2018062105 A1 WO 2018062105A1 JP 2017034555 W JP2017034555 W JP 2017034555W WO 2018062105 A1 WO2018062105 A1 WO 2018062105A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
resin composition
color filter
photoinitiator
general formula
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2017/034555
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
琢実 鈴木
正幹 大庭
亘 田尻
山縣 秀明
Original Assignee
株式会社Dnpファインケミカル
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル filed Critical 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル
Priority to JP2017550961A priority Critical patent/JP7008508B2/en
Priority to CN201780052979.9A priority patent/CN109642971B/en
Publication of WO2018062105A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018062105A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • G03F7/031Organic compounds not covered by group G03F7/029
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter, a color filter, and a display device.
  • the light passing through the color filter is colored as it is into the color of each pixel constituting the color filter, and the light of those colors is synthesized to form a color image.
  • a light source at that time in addition to a conventional cold cathode tube, an organic light emitting element emitting white light or an inorganic light emitting element emitting white light may be used.
  • a color filter is used for color adjustment.
  • the color filter is generally formed on the substrate to form the substrate, the colored layer formed of the three primary color patterns of red, green, and blue, and the respective colored patterns.
  • a light shielding portion As a method for forming a colored layer in a color filter, for example, a colored resin composition obtained by adding a binder resin, a photopolymerizable compound and a photoinitiator to a colorant dispersion obtained by dispersing a colorant with a dispersant or the like. After coating on a glass substrate and drying, exposure is performed using a photomask, development is performed to form a colored pattern, and heating is performed to fix the pattern to form a colored layer. These steps are repeated for each color to form a color filter.
  • Patent Document 1 proposes an oxime ester compound having a specific structure including a carbazole skeleton.
  • Patent Document 2 proposes an oxime ester fluorene compound having a specific structure in which an oxime ester group is bonded to a fluorene skeleton without a carbonyl group.
  • Patent Document 3 proposes an oxime ester compound containing a diphenyl sulfide skeleton or a carbazole skeleton and having a specific substituent containing a cycloalkyl group in the oxime ester group.
  • the conventional colored resin composition using the oxime ester photoinitiator tends to have insufficient luminance.
  • conventional oxime ester photoinitiators with high sensitivity tend to lower the luminance.
  • the sensitivity of the oxime ester photoinitiator which tends to have relatively good brightness, is low, and the effect of the oxime ester photoinitiator on the sensitivity and the brightness has a trade-off relationship. Therefore, there is a demand for a colored resin composition that can achieve high sensitivity and can form a colored layer with higher brightness.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and can form a colored layer with improved brightness, and has a good sensitivity, a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter, and the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter. It is an object of the present invention to provide a color filter having a colored layer formed using an object and a display device using the color filter.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention contains a colorant, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, and a solvent.
  • the photoinitiator contains an oxime ester compound represented by the following general formula (1).
  • R a and R b are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and R c is a thioether bond (—S—), an ether bond (—O—) and a carbonyl bond (— CO—) is a hydrocarbon group which may contain at least one divalent linking group selected from Z, Z is a hydrogen atom or — (C ⁇ O) R d , and R d is an oxygen atom And a hydrocarbon group that may contain at least one selected from sulfur atoms, or a heterocyclic group that does not contain a nitrogen atom and contains at least one selected from oxygen and sulfur atoms, and R e Is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the color filter according to the present invention is a color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention. It is a colored layer made of a cured product.
  • the present invention also provides a display device having the color filter according to the present invention.
  • the present invention it is possible to form a colored layer with improved luminance, and a photosensitive color resin composition for color filters having good sensitivity, and a color formed using the photosensitive color resin composition for color filters.
  • a color filter having a layer and a display device using the color filter can be provided.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic view illustrating an example of the organic light emitting display device of the present invention.
  • light includes electromagnetic waves having wavelengths in the visible and invisible regions, and further includes radiation, and the radiation includes, for example, microwaves and electron beams. Specifically, it means an electromagnetic wave having a wavelength of 5 ⁇ m or less and an electron beam.
  • (meth) acryl represents each of acryl and methacryl
  • (meth) acrylate represents each of acrylate and methacrylate.
  • the chromaticity coordinates x and y are in the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701 measured using a C light source.
  • Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter contains a colorant, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, and a solvent.
  • the photoinitiator contains an oxime ester compound represented by the following general formula (1).
  • R a and R b are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and R c is a thioether bond (—S—), an ether bond (—O—) and a carbonyl bond (— CO—) is a hydrocarbon group which may contain at least one divalent linking group selected from Z, Z is a hydrogen atom or — (C ⁇ O) R d , and R d is an oxygen atom And a hydrocarbon group that may contain at least one selected from sulfur atoms, or a heterocyclic group that does not contain a nitrogen atom and contains at least one selected from oxygen and sulfur atoms, and R e Is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention can form a colored layer with improved brightness by using the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) as a photoinitiator, which is good. Have high sensitivity.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter according to the present invention is one in which the development residue is suppressed, and it is easy to form desired micropores in the colored layer at the same time when the colored layer is patterned. There are benefits.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention uses the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) as a photoinitiator, and as an effect that exhibits the above effects, although it is clarified, it is estimated as follows.
  • the decrease in luminance of the colored layer may be caused by coloring due to the reaction residue of the photoinitiator.
  • oxime ester-based initiators that increase the sensitivity but have insufficient brightness of the colored layer have a structure in which the reaction residue of the photoinitiator is easily colored, such as having a carbazole skeleton.
  • the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the present invention has a structure having a high transmittance in which the reaction residue is unlikely to cause coloration, the coloring layer is colored by the reaction residue. As a result, it is considered that a colored layer with improved luminance can be formed.
  • the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the present invention has a fluorene skeleton and an oxime ester group via a carbonyl group, the conjugated system of the structure has luminance It is estimated that the sensitivity is improved by the structure that improves the absorption intensity at the time of exposure without adversely affecting the sensitivity.
  • the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the present invention is a photopolymerization initiator that generates a methyl radical, and a photopolymerization initiator that generates an alkyl radical or an aryl radical having a large number of carbon atoms. Compared with, radical movement occurs more rapidly, so it is considered to have good sensitivity.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention has a high affinity for the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) or a reaction residue thereof in an alkaline aqueous solution during alkali development. Since it is easy, it is estimated that a development residue is easy to be suppressed.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of this invention tends to form a desired fine hole simultaneously in a colored layer, when patterning a colored layer.
  • a more sensitive photoinitiator is used to form a colored layer
  • the radical moves to the unexposed area after the generation of radicals, while maintaining the shape of the unexposed area inside the exposed area and It is difficult to form the peripheral portion of the exposed portion without flaking. Therefore, in the conventional photosensitive resin composition, when a highly sensitive photoinitiator capable of forming a fine line pattern is used, it is difficult to form micropores even if the linearity of the fine line pattern is good. .
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention easily forms desired fine holes in the colored layer, for example, in order to form a reflective color filter, a colored layer is formed on the TFT substrate, At the same time, it is also suitable for use in forming through holes for conduction in the colored layer.
  • the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the present invention has an oxime ester group via a carbonyl group in the fluorene skeleton, so that the oxime ester group does not pass through the carbonyl group via the carbonyl group.
  • the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) has a high thermal decomposition temperature, generation of outgas during heating of the coating film can be suppressed. Therefore, the reliability of the resist is high. For example, when another layer such as a conductive film is further laminated on the coating film, damage due to outgassing of the laminated layer can be suppressed.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention contains a colorant, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, and a solvent, and impairs the effects of the present invention. Other components may be further contained within the range.
  • each component of the colored resin composition of the present invention will be described in detail in order from the photoinitiator characteristic of the present invention.
  • the photoinitiator used for this invention contains the oxime ester compound represented by the said General formula (1).
  • R a and R b are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. From the viewpoint of solvent solubility and compatibility with other components, R a and R b are preferably each independently an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group may be any of linear, branched, cyclic, or a combination thereof. Examples of the alkyl group include ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, n-pentyl group, isopentyl group, n-hexyl group, cyclopentyl group, and methylcyclopentyl.
  • a cyclopentylmethyl group a cyclohexyl group, etc.
  • an alkyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a carbon number of 2 is more preferable. 4 to 4 linear alkyl groups.
  • R c includes at least one divalent linking group selected from a thioether bond (—S—), an ether bond (—O—), and a carbonyl bond (—CO—). It may be a hydrocarbon group. Examples of the hydrocarbon group for R c include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, and an aralkyl group. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and may be a combination of linear and cyclic.
  • alkyl group examples include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, and n-dodecyl.
  • the alkenyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and examples thereof include a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a propenyl group.
  • the aryl group include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a tolyl group, and a xylyl group.
  • the aralkyl group include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, and a naphthylethyl group.
  • hydrocarbon group for R c a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group having 7 to 8 carbon atoms, and a carbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • An aryl group is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is still more preferable.
  • the hydrocarbon group in R c is preferably 2 or more carbon atoms from the viewpoint of improving the shape of the micropore when forming the micropore in the colored layer.
  • the hydrocarbon group in R c is preferably a structure containing cyclic and linear alkyl groups such as a cyclopentylmethyl group and a cyclohexylmethyl group from the viewpoint of solvent solubility and compatibility.
  • the divalent linking group is preferably a thioether bond (—S—) or an ether bond (—O—) from the viewpoint of improving solvent solubility.
  • Rc when the hydrocarbon group includes the divalent linking group, the hydrocarbon group may be bonded to a carbon atom of the oxime ester group via the divalent linking group, The carbon atom of the hydrocarbon group may be directly bonded to the carbon atom of the oxime ester group.
  • R c when the hydrocarbon group includes the divalent linking group and the carbon atom of the hydrocarbon group is directly bonded to the carbon atom of the oxime ester group, for example, the R c may be carbonized. The case where it is the group which couple
  • Examples of the group in which hydrocarbon groups are bonded to each other through the divalent linking group include, for example, a structure containing a thioether bond (—S—) such as an alkylthioalkyl group such as a methylthiomethyl group or an arylthioalkyl group; A structure containing an ether bond (—O—) such as a methoxycyclohexyl group, an alkoxyalkyl group or an aryloxyalkyl group; a structure containing a carbonyl bond (—CO—) such as an acetylmethyl group, a benzoylmethyl group or an acylalkyl group And the like.
  • a containing a thioether bond such as an alkylthioalkyl group such as a methylthiomethyl group or an arylthioalkyl group
  • a structure containing an ether bond (—O—) such as a methoxycyclohexyl group, an alkoxyalky
  • Z is a hydrogen atom or — (C ⁇ O) R d
  • R d is a hydrocarbon group that may contain at least one selected from an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, Or it is a heterocyclic group which does not contain a nitrogen atom but contains at least 1 sort (s) selected from an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom.
  • the at least one kind of which may contain a hydrocarbon group selected from an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom in the R d, for example, a hydrocarbon group described for R c, a hydrocarbon group described for R c At least one linking group selected from a linking group containing an oxygen atom such as an ether bond (—O—) or a carbonyl bond (—CO—) and a linking group containing a sulfur atom such as a thioether bond (—S—)
  • a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group having 7 to 8 carbon atoms, and a carbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • An aryl group is more preferred, and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is still more preferred.
  • Examples of the heterocyclic ring in the heterocyclic group that does not include a nitrogen atom and includes at least one selected from an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom include, for example, a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a thienothiophene ring, Examples include a furofuran ring and a thienofuran ring.
  • the hydrocarbon group or the heterocyclic group in R d preferably has 1 to 10 carbons from the viewpoint of developability. Above all, Z is preferably a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of developability and brightness. On the other hand, when Z is — (C ⁇ O) R d , solvent solubility and compatibility can be improved.
  • R e is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms include those having 1 to 10 carbon atoms among the hydrocarbon groups described in the above R c .
  • the R e is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity.
  • a methyl group is particularly preferable.
  • the molecular weight of the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1,000 or less and more preferably 800 or less from the viewpoint of reducing the content of the photoinitiator. It is preferable.
  • Examples of the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) include that R a and R b are both alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R c is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, A compound in which Z is a hydrogen atom and R e is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; R a and R b are both alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and R c is a linear alkyl group and cyclic A compound having 4 to 10 carbon atoms in combination with an alkyl group, Z is a hydrogen atom, and R e is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; both R a and R b are hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, R c is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, Z is — (C ⁇ O) R d , and R d is an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms
  • oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) at least one selected from the following compounds (1-1) to (1-4) is more preferable.
  • the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) refers to, for example, JP-T-2012-526185, and uses fluorene or a derivative thereof instead of diphenyl sulfide or a derivative thereof, depending on the material used. It can be synthesized by appropriately selecting the solvent, reaction temperature, reaction time, purification method and the like.
  • the photoinitiator contains two or more oxime ester compounds having no carbazole skeleton
  • An oxime ester compound that does not have a carbazole skeleton can suppress a reduction in luminance of the colored layer because the reaction residue is unlikely to cause coloration.
  • the colored resin composition of the present invention contains two or more oxime ester compounds having no carbazole skeleton, it is sufficient to include at least one oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1).
  • the oxime ester compound represented by 1) may contain two or more oxime ester compounds represented by the general formula (1), and the carbazole different from the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) A combination of oxime ester compounds having no skeleton may also be included.
  • the combination of the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) and the oxime ester compound having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton can be used without reducing the brightness, developability, and sensitivity significantly. This is preferable because the shape can be easily improved.
  • the oxime ester compound having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton for example, an oxime ester compound represented by the following general formula (2) can be preferably used.
  • R c ′ and R f are each independently at least one selected from a thioether bond (—S—), an ether bond (—O—), and a carbonyl bond (—CO—)).
  • Z 1 is a hydrogen atom, a nitro group or — (C ⁇ O) R d ′
  • R d ′ is It is a hydrocarbon group that may contain at least one selected from an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, or a heterocyclic group that does not contain a nitrogen atom and contains at least one selected from an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom.
  • At least one divalent linking group selected from a thioether bond (—S—), an ether bond (—O—), and a carbonyl bond (—CO—) of R c ′ and R f in the general formula (2) At least one divalent linking group selected from a thioether bond (—S—), an ether bond (—O—), and a carbonyl bond (—CO—) of R c ′ and R f in the general formula (2).
  • Examples of the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms which may contain thioether bond (—S—), ether bond (—O—) and carbonyl bond (—) in R c of the general formula (1) Among the hydrocarbon groups that may contain at least one divalent linking group selected from CO-), the same as those having 1 to 14 carbon atoms are exemplified.
  • R c ′ in the general formula (2) those preferably used as R c in the general formula (1) can be preferably used as well.
  • R f in the general formula (2) is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity.
  • An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a methyl group is particularly preferable.
  • Z 1 in the general formula (2) is a hydrogen atom, a nitro group, or — (C ⁇ O) R d ′ , and R d ′ may include at least one selected from an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom.
  • R d ′ examples include R in the general formula (1) The thing similar to d is mentioned. Above all, Z 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or — (C ⁇ O) R d ′ from the viewpoint of developability and luminance, and more preferably a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of luminance.
  • the molecular weight of the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (2) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1,000 or less, and more preferably 800 or less from the viewpoint of reducing the content of the photoinitiator. It is preferable.
  • R c ′ is an alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms in which a linear alkyl group and a cyclic alkyl group are combined, and Z 1 is hydrogen.
  • R f is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • R c ' is a linear alkyl group and the alkyl group of which the cyclic alkyl group and having 6 to 10 carbon atoms combining, Z 1 is — (C ⁇ O) R d ′ , wherein R d ′ does not contain a nitrogen atom, is a heterocyclic group containing a sulfur atom, and R f is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; etc.
  • R d ′ does not contain a nitrogen atom, is a heterocyclic group containing a sulfur atom
  • R f is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (2) at least one selected from the following compounds (2-1) to (2-2) is more preferable.
  • the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (2) can be synthesized with reference to, for example, JP-T-2012-526185.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention may be used in combination with another photoinitiator different from the oxime ester compound described above as a photoinitiator.
  • the photoinitiator used in the colored resin composition of the present invention includes a chain transfer agent in addition to the photopolymerization initiator.
  • Photoinitiators include, for example, oxime ester photoinitiators different from oxime ester compounds having no carbazole skeleton including the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1), ⁇ -aminoketone photoinitiators Agents, biimidazole photoinitiators, thioxanthone photoinitiators, acylphosphine oxide photoinitiators, and mercapto chain transfer agents.
  • an ⁇ -aminoketone photoinitiator a biimidazole photoinitiator, a thioxanthone photoinitiator, an acylphosphine oxide photoinitiator, and It is preferable to use a combination of at least one selected from mercapto chain transfer agents.
  • acylphosphine oxide photoinitiator it is preferable to use an acylphosphine oxide photoinitiator in combination because it is easy to form micropores with excellent dimensional accuracy by suppressing the wobble at the end of the pores when forming micropores. . Since acylphosphine oxide photoinitiators have a higher thermal decomposition temperature than other initiators, side reactions due to heating during pre-baking are unlikely to occur, and therefore, it is considered that billiness is suppressed. “Improved linearity” means that the end of the colored layer formed in the development step after applying the colored composition has few irregularities and is linear or substantially linear. Further, the “billing” refers to a problem that the dimensional accuracy is deteriorated due to non-uniformity of straight lines or curves at the pattern end.
  • the ⁇ -aminoketone photoinitiator, biimidazole photoinitiator, thioxanthone series are added to the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1). It is preferable to use a combination of at least one selected from a photoinitiator, an acylphosphine oxide photoinitiator, and a mercapto chain transfer agent and the oxime ester compound having the diphenyl sulfide skeleton. It is more preferable to use a combination of inhibitors.
  • the ⁇ -aminoketone photoinitiator has the property of curing the middle from the surface of the coating film and easily suppresses the deep film curability, when combined with the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1), It is preferable from the viewpoint of a high tendency to improve the deep film curability.
  • Examples of ⁇ -aminoketone photoinitiators include 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (for example, Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF), 2-benzyl-2- (Dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -1-butanone (eg Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF), 2- (dimethylamino) -2-[(4-methylphenyl) methyl] -1- [ 4- (4-morpholinyl) phenyl] -1-butanone (Irgacure 379EG, manufactured by BASF) and the like.
  • 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one for example, Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF
  • 2-benzyl-2- (Dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -1-butanone eg I
  • the ⁇ -aminoketone photoinitiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more, among which 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one, and 2-Benzyl-2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -1-butanone is preferred from the viewpoint of improving the remaining film rate, and 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2 -Morpholinopropan-1-one is more preferred from the viewpoint of suppressing micropore mottling.
  • the biimidazole photoinitiator has the property of curing the deep part of the coating film, is easy to suppress the coating film surface curability, and when combined with the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1), the coating film surface curing It is preferable because it has a high tendency to improve the property.
  • biimidazole photoinitiator examples include 2,2′-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetrakis (4-ethoxycarbonylphenyl) -1,2′-biimidazole, 2,2'-bis (2-bromophenyl) -4,4 ', 5,5'-tetrakis (4-ethoxycarbonylphenyl) -1,2'-biimidazole, 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) ) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenyl-1,2′-biimidazole, 2,2′-bis (2,4-dichlorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenyl- 1,2′-biimidazole, 2,2′-bis (2,4,6-trichlorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenyl-1,2′-bis
  • biimidazole type photoinitiator you may use individually or in combination of 2 or more types, and it is preferable to use it in combination with a mercapto type
  • group chain transfer agent especially from the point which improves coating-film hardening property.
  • Examples of the thioxanthone photoinitiator include 2,4-isopropylthioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 1-chloro-4-propoxythioxanthone, 2,4-dichlorothioxanthone, and the like.
  • the thioxanthone photoinitiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among them, 2,4-isopropylthioxanthone and 2,4-diethylthioxanthone are used because the transfer of radical generation is improved. preferable.
  • Acylphosphine oxide photoinitiators have the property of being less susceptible to yellowing due to heat, and are therefore suitable for improving brightness, but generally have low sensitivity and may not provide sufficient curability.
  • the overall coating film curability is improved, and when the micropores are formed, the irregularity at the ends of the pores is suppressed and the dimensional accuracy is improved. It is preferable from the viewpoint of forming good micropores.
  • acylphosphine oxide photoinitiator examples include benzoyl-diphenylphosphine oxide, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenylphosphine oxide, 2,3,5,6-tetramethylbenzoyl-diphenylphosphine oxide, 3, 4-dimethylbenzoyl-diphenylphosphine oxide, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-phenylethoxyphosphine oxide, bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) -phenylphosphine oxide, bis (2,6-dimethoxybenzoyl) -2 , 4,4-trimethyl-pentylphosphine oxide, bis (2,6-dimethylbenzoyl) -ethylphosphine oxide, and the like.
  • the acyl phosphine oxide photoinitiator may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Among them, bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) -phenylphosphine oxide may be used for coating film curability. Is preferable from the viewpoint of improvement.
  • a mercapto chain transfer agent has a property of receiving a radical from a slowly reacting radical and accelerates the reaction, and is particularly preferable when combined with a biimidazole photoinitiator because it tends to improve the reaction rate.
  • Examples of mercapto chain transfer agents include 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercapto-5-methoxybenzothiazole, 2-mercapto-5-methoxybenzimidazole, 3- Mercaptopropionic acid, methyl 3-mercaptopropionate, ethyl 3-mercaptopropionate, octyl 3-mercaptopropionate, 1,4-bis (3-mercaptobutyryloxy) butane, 1,3,5-tris (3- Mercaptobutyloxyethyl) -1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, trimethylolpropane tris (3
  • the total content of the photoinitiator used in the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired, but the solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter is not limited. Preferably it is 0.1 mass% or more and 12.0 mass% or less with respect to the total amount, More preferably, it exists in the range of 1.0 mass% or more and 8.0 mass% or less. When this content is not less than the above lower limit, photocuring is sufficiently advanced and the exposed portion is prevented from being eluted during development. On the other hand, if it is not more than the above upper limit, the yellowing of the resulting colored layer becomes strong and the luminance Can be suppressed. In addition, solid content is all except a solvent, and a liquid polyfunctional monomer etc. are also contained.
  • the content of the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention is based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter. Preferably it is 0.1 mass% or more and 8.0 mass% or less, More preferably, it exists in the range of 0.5 mass% or more and 6.0 mass% or less.
  • this content is not less than the above lower limit, photocuring is sufficiently advanced and the exposed portion is prevented from being eluted during development.
  • the content is not more than the above upper limit, the yellowing of the resulting colored layer becomes strong and the luminance is reduced. Can be suppressed.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of this invention includes the oxime ester compound represented by the said General formula (1), when a photoinitiator contains 2 or more types of oxime ester compounds which do not have a carbazole skeleton.
  • the total content of two or more oxime ester compounds having no carbazole skeleton is 0.1% by mass or more and 12.0% by mass or less, more preferably, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. Is preferably in the range of 1.0% by mass or more and 8.0% by mass or less from the viewpoint of sufficiently exerting the combined use effect with these photoinitiators.
  • the oxime ester compound which has the said diphenyl sulfide skeleton of The content is preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 4.0% by mass or less, more preferably 0.3% by mass or more and 3.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. It is preferable that it is within the following range from the viewpoint of sufficiently exerting the combined effect of the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) and the oxime ester compound having the diphenyl sulfide skeleton.
  • the oxime ester represented by the said General formula (1) When combining the oxime ester compound which has the said diphenyl sulfide skeleton with the oxime ester compound represented by the said General formula (1) as a photoinitiator used for this invention, the oxime ester represented by the said General formula (1)
  • the ratio of the compound and the oxime ester compound having the diphenyl sulfide skeleton is 10 parts by mass of the oxime ester compound having the diphenyl sulfide skeleton with respect to 100 parts by mass of the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1).
  • the amount is preferably 150 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 15 parts by mass or more and 120 parts by mass or less from the viewpoint of luminance and sensitivity.
  • the oxime ester compound having the diphenyl sulfide skeleton is 10 parts by mass or more and 70 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1). It is preferable that it is 15 parts by mass or more and 50 parts by mass or less.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of the present invention when the photoinitiator further contains the other photoinitiator, the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) and the diphenyl sulfide skeleton
  • the total content of the oxime ester compound having a total of 100 parts by mass of the photoinitiator used in the present invention is preferably 30 parts by mass or more, more preferably 40 parts by mass or more, and 50 parts by mass. More preferably, it is part or more.
  • the total content of the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) and the oxime ester compound having the diphenyl sulfide skeleton from the viewpoint of sufficiently exerting the combined effect with the other photoinitiator,
  • the total amount of the photoinitiator used in the present invention is preferably 95 parts by mass or less, more preferably 85 parts by mass or less, in a total of 100 parts by mass.
  • the photoinitiator used in the present invention is further selected from ⁇ -aminoketone photoinitiators, biimidazole photoinitiators, thioxanthone photoinitiators, acylphosphine oxide photoinitiators, and mercapto chain transfer agents.
  • the total content thereof is 0.1% by mass or more and 4.0% by mass or less, and further 0.5% with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter. It is preferable that it is in the range of not less than 2.0% by mass and not more than 2.0% by mass in order to sufficiently exhibit the combined effect with these photoinitiators.
  • the color material is not particularly limited as long as it can form a desired color when a colored layer of a color filter is formed.
  • Various organic pigments, inorganic pigments, dispersible dyes, and dyes are not particularly limited. Can be used alone or in admixture of two or more. Among these, organic pigments are preferably used because they have high color developability and high heat resistance. Examples of the organic pigment include compounds classified as pigments in the Color Index (CI; issued by The Society of Dyers and Colorists), specifically, the following color index (C.I. .) Can be listed with numbers. In the following description, when color index names are described, when only color index names having different numbers are listed, only the numbers may be listed.
  • the inorganic pigment examples include titanium oxide, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, zinc white, lead sulfate, yellow lead, zinc yellow, red bean (red iron oxide (III)), cadmium red, ultramarine blue, bitumen, and oxidation.
  • examples thereof include chrome green, cobalt green, amber, titanium black, synthetic iron black, and carbon black.
  • a black pigment having a high light shielding property is blended in the ink.
  • the black pigment having a high light shielding property for example, an inorganic pigment such as carbon black or iron trioxide or an organic pigment such as cyanine black can be used.
  • the dispersible dye examples include dyes that can be dispersed by adding various substituents to the dye and insolubilizing the solvent, dyes that can be dispersed by using in combination with a solvent having low solubility, and solvents And a lake color material obtained by forming a salt with a counter ion to form an insoluble (rake) salt.
  • a combination of such a dispersible dye and a dispersant the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the dye can be improved.
  • the amount of dye dissolved in 10 g of solvent (or mixed solvent) is 100 mg or less, it can be determined that the dye can be dispersed in the solvent (or mixed solvent).
  • the dye can be appropriately selected from conventionally known dyes.
  • dyes include azo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, cyanine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, and phthalocyanine dyes.
  • azo dyes metal complex salt azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, cyanine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, and phthalocyanine dyes.
  • triarylmethane dyes In the case of forming a blue colored layer, at least one of triarylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, and cyanine dyes is preferable from the viewpoint of increasing the brightness, and from the viewpoint of high heat resistance, triatrimethane dyes are particularly preferable. At least one selected from a reel methane dye and a xanthene dye is preferable.
  • a lake color material having a triarylmethane dye from the viewpoint of improving the brightness of the color filter, it is preferable to include a lake color material having a triarylmethane dye, and among these, a triarylmethane basic dye and a polyacid anion are included. preferable.
  • the rake colorant is excellent in heat resistance and light resistance, and achieves high brightness of the color filter.
  • the rake colorant is a colorant represented by the following general formula (i). An association state is formed, which is preferable in that it exhibits superior heat resistance.
  • A is an a-valent organic group in which the carbon atom directly bonded to N does not have a ⁇ bond, and the organic group is saturated aliphatic carbonized at least at the terminal directly bonded to N.
  • B c- represents a polyvalent polyvalent R i to R v each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group or an optionally substituted aryl group, R ii and R iii , R good .
  • Ar 1 be iv and R v are bonded to form a ring structure represents a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent.
  • R i ⁇ R v and Ar 1 each They may be the same or different.
  • a and c represent an integer of 2 or more, and b and d represent an integer of 1 or more.
  • e is 0 or 1, and when e is 0, there is no bond.
  • a plurality of e may be the same or different.
  • the cation part of the color material represented by the general formula (i) may be the same as the cation part of the color material represented by the general formula (i) described in International Publication No. 2012/144521.
  • a in the general formula (i) is an a-valent organic group in which the carbon atom directly bonded to N (nitrogen atom) does not have a ⁇ bond, and the organic group is saturated at least at the terminal directly bonded to N.
  • An aliphatic hydrocarbon group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic group having the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is represented, and O (oxygen atom), S (sulfur atom), and N (nitrogen atom) are present in the carbon chain. It may be included.
  • an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group at the terminal directly bonded to N is linear, branched or cyclic unless the terminal carbon atom directly bonded to N has a ⁇ bond.
  • the carbon atom other than the terminal may have an unsaturated bond, may have a substituent, and the carbon chain contains O, S, and N. Also good.
  • a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, an oxycarbonyl group, an amide group or the like may be contained, and a hydrogen atom may be further substituted with a halogen atom or the like.
  • the aromatic group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group in A is a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group at the terminal directly bonded to N. And may have a substituent, and may be a heterocyclic ring containing O, S, and N.
  • A contains a cyclic
  • a bridged alicyclic hydrocarbon group is preferable from the viewpoint of skeleton fastness.
  • the bridged alicyclic hydrocarbon group means a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a bridged structure in the aliphatic ring and having a polycyclic structure, for example, norbornane, bicyclo [2,2,2]. Examples include octane, dicyclopentadiene and adamantane.
  • norbornane is preferable.
  • A is preferably divalent to tetravalent, preferably divalent to trivalent, and more preferably divalent.
  • A is a divalent organic group, an aromatic group in which two alkylene groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a xylylene group are substituted. Family groups and the like.
  • the alkyl group for R i to R v is not particularly limited.
  • a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may be mentioned.
  • a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable, and the carbon number is 1 to 5
  • the following linear or branched alkyl groups are more preferable from the viewpoint of ease of production and raw material procurement.
  • the alkyl group in R i to R v is particularly preferably an ethyl group or a methyl group.
  • the substituent that the alkyl group may have is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an aryl group, a halogen atom, and a hydroxyl group, and examples of the substituted alkyl group include a benzyl group.
  • the aryl group in R i to R v is not particularly limited. For example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, etc. are mentioned. Examples of the substituent that the aryl group may have include an alkyl group and a halogen atom.
  • R ii and R iii , R iv and R v are combined to form a ring structure.
  • R ii and R iii , R iv and R v form a ring structure through a nitrogen atom Say.
  • the ring structure is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a pyrrolidine ring, a piperidine ring, and a morpholine ring.
  • R i to R v are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, or R ii and R iii , R iv and R v. Are preferably bonded to form a pyrrolidine ring, piperidine ring, or morpholine ring.
  • R i to R v can each independently have the above-described structure, and among these, R i is preferably a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of color purity, and R ii to R ii from the viewpoint of ease of production and raw material procurement. More preferably, R v are all the same.
  • the divalent aromatic group in Ar 1 is not particularly limited.
  • the aromatic group may be a heterocyclic group in addition to an aromatic hydrocarbon group composed of a carbocyclic ring.
  • an aromatic hydrocarbon in the aromatic hydrocarbon group in addition to a benzene ring, condensed polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons such as naphthalene ring, tetralin ring, indene ring, fluorene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring; biphenyl, terphenyl, Examples thereof include chain polycyclic hydrocarbons such as diphenylmethane, triphenylmethane, and stilbene.
  • the chain polycyclic hydrocarbon may have O, S, and N in the chain skeleton such as diphenyl ether.
  • the heterocyclic ring in the heterocyclic group includes 5-membered heterocycles such as furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole and pyrazole; 6-membered heterocycles such as pyran, pyrone, pyridine, pyrone, pyridazine, pyrimidine and pyrazine.
  • condensed polycyclic heterocycles such as benzofuran, thionaphthene, indole, carbazole, coumarin, benzo-pyrone, quinoline, isoquinoline, acridine, phthalazine, quinazoline, quinoxaline and the like. These aromatic groups may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent that the aromatic group may have include an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and a halogen atom.
  • Ar 1 is preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aromatic group composed of a condensed polycyclic carbocycle having 10 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • a phenylene group or a naphthylene group is more preferable because the structure is simple and the raw material is inexpensive.
  • a plurality of R i to R v and Ar 1 in one molecule may be the same or different.
  • the color development site exhibits the same color development, so that the same color as the single color development site can be reproduced, which is preferable from the viewpoint of color purity.
  • at least one of R i to R v and Ar 1 is a different substituent, a color obtained by mixing a plurality of types of monomers can be reproduced and adjusted to a desired color. it can.
  • the anion (B c ⁇ ) of the colorant represented by the general formula (i) is a polyacid anion having a valence of 2 or more.
  • the polyacid anion is preferably a polyacid anion containing at least one of tungsten (W) and molybdenum (Mo) from the viewpoint of high brightness and excellent heat resistance and light resistance, and contains at least tungsten. Further, a polyacid anion which may contain molybdenum is more preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
  • the content ratio of tungsten and molybdenum is not particularly limited, but the molar ratio of tungsten to molybdenum is particularly in the range of 100: 0 to 85:15 because of excellent heat resistance. Is preferably within the range of 100: 0 to 90:10.
  • the polyacid anion (B c ⁇ ) the above-mentioned polyacid anions can be used singly or in combination of two or more. When two or more are used in combination, tungsten and molybdenum in the entire polyacid anion are used.
  • the molar ratio is preferably within the above range.
  • the colorant represented by the general formula (i) may be a double salt containing other cations and anions as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • cations include other basic dyes, organic compounds containing functional groups capable of forming salts with anions such as amino groups, pyridine groups, and imidazole groups, sodium ions, potassium ions, and magnesium ions.
  • Metal ions such as calcium ion, copper ion and iron ion.
  • anions include acid dyes, halide ions such as fluoride ions, chloride ions and bromide ions, and anions of inorganic acids.
  • Examples of the anion of the inorganic acid include anions of oxo acids such as phosphate ions, sulfate ions, chromate ions, tungstate ions (WO 4 2 ⁇ ), molybdate ions (MoO 4 2 ⁇ ), and the like.
  • the color material represented by the general formula (i) can be prepared with reference to, for example, International Publication No. 2012/144520 pamphlet.
  • C.I. which is a zinc phthalocyanine pigment.
  • a green color material obtained by further combining a yellow color material with Pigment Green 58 (PG58) can be preferably used.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 derivative pigments are preferred.
  • each R 31 is independently OH, NH 2 , NH—CN, acylamino, alkylamino, or arylamino, and each R 32 is independently —OH or —NH 2 )
  • the yellow color material is at least one anion selected from the group consisting of mono-, di-, tri- and tetraanions of the azo compound represented by the general formula (ii) and the azo compound having a tautomer structure thereof
  • ions of at least two metals selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu, and Mn improve brightness and increase contrast. It is preferable from the viewpoint of improvement.
  • ions of at least two metals selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu, and Mn improve brightness and increase contrast. It is preferable from the viewpoint of improvement.
  • metal ions By containing two or more kinds of metal ions, crystal growth of the colorant is suppressed and atomization is possible. Further, since it is used in combination with a dispersant described later, it is atomized in the colorant dispersion liquid and the contrast is increased. It is infer
  • Examples of the acyl group in the acylamino group in the general formula (ii) include, for example, an alkylcarbonyl group, a phenylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group, an carbamoyl group optionally substituted with alkyl, phenyl, or naphthyl, an alkyl , Sulfamoyl group optionally substituted with phenyl or naphthyl, guanyl group optionally substituted with alkyl, phenyl or naphthyl, and the like.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may be substituted with, for example, a halogen such as F, Cl, or Br, —OH, —CN, —NH 2 , and / or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the phenyl group and naphthyl group are, for example, halogen such as F, Cl, Br, —OH, —CN, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and / or 1 to carbon atoms. It may be substituted with 6 alkoxy groups.
  • the alkyl group in the alkylamino group in general formula (ii) preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may be substituted with, for example, a halogen such as F, Cl, or Br, —OH, —CN, —NH 2 , and / or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • a halogen such as F, Cl, or Br
  • —OH, —CN —NH 2
  • an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms examples include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
  • aryl groups include, for example, halogens such as F, Cl, and Br, —OH, and those having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. It may be substituted with an alkyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, —NH 2 , —NO 2, —CN and the like.
  • each R 31 is independently —OH, —NH 2 , —NH—CN, or alkylamino. This is preferable from the viewpoint of hue, and two R 31 s may be the same or different.
  • the two R 31 are both —OH, both —NH—CN, or one —OH and one —NH—. More preferably, it is CN, and even more preferably both are —OH.
  • R 32 is more preferably both —OH from the viewpoint of hue.
  • At least one metal that becomes a divalent or trivalent cation preferably includes at least one selected from the group consisting of Ni, Cu, and Zn, and further includes at least Ni. Is preferred. Furthermore, it is preferable that Ni and at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Cu, and Mn are included, and further, Ni and Furthermore, it is preferable that at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Zn, Cu, Al and Fe is included. In particular, the at least two metals are preferably Ni and Zn, or Ni and Cu, and Ni and Zn are particularly preferable from the viewpoint of affinity with a zinc phthalocyanine pigment. .
  • the content ratio of at least two kinds of metals is appropriately determined It only needs to be adjusted.
  • the content ratio of Ni and at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Cu, and Mn is Ni:
  • One metal is preferably contained in a molar ratio of 97: 3 to 10:90, and more preferably in a molar ratio of 90:10 to 10:90.
  • Ni and Zn are preferably included at a molar ratio of Ni: Zn of 90:10 to 10:90, and more preferably 70:30 to 10:90.
  • Ni: Zn when combined with a zinc phthalocyanine pigment, it is preferable that the coloring power is increased and the development residue in the micropores is easily suppressed, so that Zn is contained more than Ni in the ratio of Ni and Zn.
  • Ni: Zn is contained in a molar ratio of 40:60 to 10:90.
  • Ni and Cu are preferably contained in a molar ratio of Ni: Cu of 97: 3 to 10:90, and more preferably 96: 4 to 20:80.
  • the pigment pigment of CI Pigment Yellow 150 may further contain a metal ion different from the specific metal ion.
  • a metal ion selected from the group consisting of Li, Cs, Mg, Na, K, Ca, Sr, Ba, and La may be included.
  • the pigment yellow 150 pigment pigment at least two types of metal ions may be included in the common crystal lattice, and at least two types of metal ions may be included in another crystal lattice.
  • crystallization containing the metal ion of agglomerates is mentioned. Among them, the case where at least two kinds of metal ions are contained in a common crystal lattice is preferable from the viewpoint of further improving the contrast.
  • the common crystal lattice includes at least two kinds of metal ions or whether another crystal lattice includes one type of metal ion each aggregated. For example, it can be appropriately determined by using an X-ray diffraction method with reference to JP-A-2014-12838.
  • the average primary particle size of the color material used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it can produce a desired color when it is used as a color layer of a color filter, and varies depending on the type of color material used. Is preferably in the range of 10 nm to 100 nm, more preferably 15 nm to 60 nm. When the average primary particle diameter of the color material is in the above range, the display device including the color filter manufactured using the color material dispersion according to the present invention has high contrast and high quality. it can.
  • the color material used in the present invention can be produced by a known method such as a recrystallization method or a solvent salt milling method. Further, a commercially available color material may be used after being refined.
  • the total content of the coloring material may be blended at a ratio of 3% by mass to 65% by mass, more preferably 4% by mass to 60% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. preferable. If it is at least the above lower limit, the colored layer has a sufficient color density when the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters is applied to a predetermined film thickness (usually 1.0 ⁇ m to 5.0 ⁇ m). Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, while being excellent in storage stability, the colored layer which has sufficient hardness and adhesiveness with a board
  • the total content of the color material is preferably 15% by mass to 65% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive color resin composition for color filters. Is preferably blended at a ratio of 25 mass% to 60 mass%.
  • the alkali-soluble resin in the present invention has an acidic group, and can be appropriately selected from those that act as a binder resin and are soluble in an alkali developer used for pattern formation.
  • the alkali-soluble resin can be based on an acid value of 40 mgKOH / g or more.
  • a preferred alkali-soluble resin in the present invention is a resin having an acidic group, usually a carboxy group, and specifically, acrylic resins such as an acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group. And epoxy (meth) acrylate resins having a carboxy group.
  • acrylic resins such as acrylic copolymers and styrene-acrylic copolymers, and epoxy acrylate resins may be used in combination.
  • An acrylic resin such as an acrylic copolymer having a constitutional unit having a carboxy group and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group includes, for example, a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer and, if necessary, a copolymer. It is a (co) polymer obtained by (co) polymerizing other polymerizable monomers by a known method.
  • the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer include (meth) acrylic acid, vinyl benzoic acid, maleic acid, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, and acrylic acid dimer.
  • an addition reaction product of a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and a cyclic anhydride such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, or cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride, ⁇ -carboxy-polycaprolactone Mono (meth) acrylates can also be used.
  • a cyclic anhydride such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, or cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride, ⁇ -carboxy-polycaprolactone Mono (meth) acrylates
  • anhydride containing monomers such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, and citraconic anhydride, as a precursor of a carboxy group.
  • (meth) acrylic acid is particularly preferable from the viewpoints of copolymerizability, cost, solubility, glass transition temperature, and the like.
  • the alkali-soluble resin preferably further has a hydrocarbon ring from the viewpoint of excellent adhesion of the colored layer. It has been found that the alkali-soluble resin has a hydrocarbon ring which is a bulky group, thereby suppressing the solvent resistance of the obtained colored layer, particularly the swelling of the colored layer. Although the action is unclear, the bulky hydrocarbon ring in the colored layer suppresses the movement of molecules in the colored layer, resulting in an increase in the strength of the coating and suppression of swelling by the solvent. It is estimated that.
  • a hydrocarbon ring include a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring which may have a substituent, an aromatic ring which may have a substituent, and combinations thereof.
  • a substituent such as a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, an oxycarbonyl group, or an amide group.
  • a substituent such as a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, an oxycarbonyl group, or an amide group.
  • the hydrocarbon ring include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, norbornane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 (2,6)] decane (dicyclopentane), and adamantane.
  • Rings aromatic rings such as benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, fluorene; chain polycycles such as biphenyl, terphenyl, diphenylmethane, triphenylmethane, stilbene, and cardo structures represented by the following chemical formula (A) It is done.
  • the alkali-soluble resin preferably has a maleimide structure represented by the following general formula (B).
  • R M is an optionally substituted hydrocarbon ring.
  • the alkali-soluble resin has a maleimide structure represented by the general formula (B), it is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) because it has a nitrogen atom in the hydrocarbon ring.
  • the compatibility with the basic dispersant is very good, and the effect of suppressing development residue is improved.
  • R M of the foregoing formula (B) specific examples of the optionally substituted hydrocarbon ring, those similar to the specific example of the hydrocarbon ring.
  • an aliphatic ring is included as the hydrocarbon ring, it is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the heat resistance and adhesion of the colored layer and improving the luminance of the obtained colored layer. Moreover, when including the cardo structure shown by the said Chemical formula (A), it is especially preferable from the point which the sclerosis
  • the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention it is easy to adjust the amount of each constituent unit by using an acrylic copolymer having a constituent unit having a hydrocarbon ring separately from the constituent unit having a carboxy group. This is preferable because the amount of the structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring is increased to easily improve the function of the structural unit.
  • the acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxy group and the hydrocarbon ring is prepared by using an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydrocarbon ring as the above-mentioned “other monomer capable of copolymerization”. be able to.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydrocarbon ring combined with the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) include cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, and adamantyl (meth) acrylate. , Isobornyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, styrene, and the like.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the colored layer after development is highly effective in heat treatment, cyclohexyl ( (Meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, and styrene are preferable, and styrene is particularly preferable.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydrocarbon ring is preferably a monomer having the maleimide structure and styrene, and particularly preferably styrene.
  • the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention preferably has an ethylenic double bond in the side chain.
  • the alkali-soluble resins or the alkali-soluble resin and the photopolymerizable compound can form a cross-linked bond in the curing step of the resin composition at the time of producing the color filter.
  • the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the present invention By combining with the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the present invention, the film strength of the cured film is further improved, the development resistance is improved, and the thermal shrinkage of the cured film is suppressed. Excellent adhesion to the substrate.
  • the method for introducing an ethylenic double bond into the alkali-soluble resin may be appropriately selected from conventionally known methods.
  • a method of introducing an ethylenic double bond into a side chain by adding a compound having both an epoxy group and an ethylenic double bond in the molecule, such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, to the carboxy group of the alkali-soluble resin Or by introducing a structural unit having a hydroxyl group into a copolymer, adding a compound having an isocyanate group and an ethylenic double bond in the molecule, and introducing an ethylenic double bond into the side chain.
  • a compound having both an epoxy group and an ethylenic double bond in the molecule such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate
  • the alkali-soluble resin of the present invention may further contain other structural units such as a structural unit having an ester group such as methyl (meth) acrylate and ethyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the structural unit having an ester group not only functions as a component that suppresses alkali solubility of the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter, but also functions as a component that improves solubility in a solvent and further solvent resolubility. .
  • the alkali-soluble resin in the present invention is preferably an acrylic resin such as an acrylic copolymer and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxy group and a structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring, It is an acrylic resin such as an acrylic copolymer and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxy group, a structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring, and a structural unit having an ethylenic double bond. Is more preferable.
  • the alkali-soluble resin can be made into an alkali-soluble resin having desired performance by appropriately adjusting the charged amount of each structural unit.
  • the charging amount of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is preferably 5% by mass or more and more preferably 10% by mass or more with respect to the total amount of the monomer from the viewpoint of obtaining a good pattern.
  • the amount of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is preferably 50% by mass or less, and 40% by mass or less, based on the total amount of monomers. More preferably.
  • the solubility of the coating film obtained when the ratio of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is not less than the above lower limit is sufficient for the alkali developer, and the ratio of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is the above upper limit.
  • the ratio of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is the above upper limit.
  • an acrylic resin such as an acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having an ethylenic double bond and a styrene-acrylic copolymer, which is more preferably used as an alkali-soluble resin
  • an epoxy group and an ethylenic double bond are used.
  • the amount of the compound having a bond is preferably 10% by mass to 95% by mass, and more preferably 15% by mass to 90% by mass with respect to the charged amount of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer.
  • the preferred weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxy group-containing copolymer is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 50,000, more preferably 3,000 to 20,000. If it is less than 1,000, the binder function after curing may be remarkably lowered. If it exceeds 50,000, pattern formation may be difficult during development with an alkali developer.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxy group-containing copolymer can be measured by a Shodex GPC System-21H using polystyrene as a standard substance and THF as an eluent.
  • Epoxy (meth) acrylate resin which has a carboxy group Epoxy (meth) obtained by making the reaction product of an epoxy compound and unsaturated group containing monocarboxylic acid react with an acid anhydride. Acrylate compounds are suitable.
  • the epoxy compound, unsaturated group-containing monocarboxylic acid, and acid anhydride can be appropriately selected from known ones.
  • the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxy group may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the alkali-soluble resin it is preferable to select and use an acid-soluble resin having an acid value of 50 mgKOH / g or more from the viewpoint of developability (solubility) with respect to an alkaline aqueous solution used for the developer.
  • the alkali-soluble resin preferably has an acid value of 70 mgKOH / g or more and 300 mgKOH / g or less from the viewpoint of developability (solubility) in an aqueous alkali solution used for the developer and adhesion to the substrate. It is preferable that they are 70 mgKOH / g or more and 280 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the acid value can be measured according to JIS K 0070.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent in the case of having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain of the alkali-soluble resin is combined with the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the present invention
  • the range of 100 to 2000 is preferable, and the range of 140 to 1500 is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of improving the film strength, improving the development resistance, and achieving excellent adhesion to the substrate.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is 2000 or less, the development resistance and adhesion are excellent.
  • the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the present invention is preferably used in combination with the content described above.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is a weight average molecular weight per mole of the ethylenically unsaturated bond in the alkali-soluble resin, and is represented by the following formula (1).
  • Ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent (g / mol) W (g) / M (mol) (In Formula (1), W represents the mass (g) of the alkali-soluble resin, and M represents the number of moles (mol) of the ethylenic double bond contained in the alkali-soluble resin W (g).)
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is determined, for example, by measuring the number of ethylenic double bonds contained in 1 g of the alkali-soluble resin in accordance with the test method for the iodine value described in JIS K 0070: 1992. It may be calculated.
  • the alkali-soluble resin used in the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters may be used singly or in combination of two or more, and the content is not particularly limited.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is preferably in the range of 5% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably in the range of 10% by mass to 40% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for filters.
  • the content of the alkali-soluble resin is not less than the above lower limit value, sufficient Akali developability can be obtained, and when the content of the alkali-soluble resin is not more than the above upper limit value, film roughening or chipping of the pattern can be caused during development. Can be suppressed.
  • the photopolymerizable compound used in the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by the photoinitiator, and usually has two or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds. It is preferable to use a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate having 2 or more acryloyl groups or methacryloyl groups. Such polyfunctional (meth) acrylate may be appropriately selected from conventionally known ones. Specific examples include those described in JP2013-029832A.
  • polyfunctional (meth) acrylates may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • polyfunctional (meth) acrylate has three double bonds which can superpose
  • Trifunctional or higher polyhydric alcohol poly (meth) acrylates and their dicarboxylic acid-modified products are preferred, specifically, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, Pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, modified succinic acid of pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol Succinic acid modification of penta (meth) acrylate
  • the content of the photopolymerizable compound used in the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters is not particularly limited, but the photopolymerizable compound is preferably based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. Is in the range of 5% to 60% by weight, more preferably 10% to 40% by weight.
  • the content of the photopolymerizable compound is not less than the above lower limit, photocuring sufficiently proceeds, the exposed portion can suppress elution during development, and the content of the photopolymerizable compound is not more than the above upper limit. Alkali developability is sufficient.
  • the content of the photopolymerizable compound used in the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters and the content ratio of the photoinitiator are excellent in curability and residual film ratio, and further improved in electrical reliability.
  • the total content of the photoinitiator is preferably 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and 40 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the photopolymerizable compound. It is preferable that it is 30 mass parts or less.
  • the solvent used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent that does not react with each component in the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters and can dissolve or disperse them.
  • a solvent can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the solvent include alcohol solvents such as methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, N-propyl alcohol, i-propyl alcohol, methoxy alcohol, and ethoxy alcohol; carbitol solvents such as methoxyethoxyethanol and ethoxyethoxyethanol; Ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, methyl hydroxypropionate, ethyl hydroxypropionate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl butyrate, n-butyl butyrate, Ester solvents such as ethyl lactate and cyclohexanol acetate; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, etc
  • glycol ether acetate solvents such as methoxyethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, ethoxyethyl acetate; methoxyethoxyethyl acetate, ethoxy Carbitol acetate solvents such as ethoxyethyl acetate and butyl carbitol acetate (BCA); diacetates such as propylene glycol diacetate and 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene Glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene Glycol ether solvents such as glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether and dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether;
  • Lactone solvents include cyclic ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran; unsaturated hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene, and naphthalene; saturated hydrocarbon solvents such as N-heptane, N-hexane, and N-octane; Examples include organic solvents such as aromatic hydrocarbons such as xylene.
  • glycol ether acetate solvents, carbitol acetate solvents, glycol ether solvents, and ester solvents are preferably used from the viewpoint of solubility of other components.
  • the solvent used in the present invention includes propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, butyl carbitol acetate (BCA), 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate,
  • BCA butyl carbitol acetate
  • 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate ethyl ethoxypropionate
  • ethyl lactate ethyl lactate
  • one or more selected from the group consisting of 3-methoxybutyl acetate is preferable from the viewpoints of solubility of other components and coating suitability.
  • the content of the solvent may be appropriately set within a range in which the colored layer can be formed with high accuracy. Usually, it is preferably in the range of 55% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably in the range of 65% by mass to 88% by mass, based on the total amount of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters containing the solvent. More preferably. When the content of the solvent is within the above range, the coating property can be excellent.
  • the colorant is preferably used by being dispersed in a solvent with a dispersant.
  • the dispersant can be appropriately selected from conventionally known dispersants.
  • the dispersant that can be used include cationic, anionic, nonionic, amphoteric, silicone, and fluorine surfactants.
  • the surfactants a polymer dispersant is preferable because it can be uniformly and finely dispersed.
  • polymer dispersant examples include (co) polymers of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters such as polyacrylic acid esters; (partial) amine salts of (co) polymers of unsaturated carboxylic acid such as polyacrylic acid; (Partial) ammonium salts and (partial) alkylamine salts; (co) polymers of hydroxyl group-containing unsaturated carboxylic acid esters such as hydroxyl group-containing polyacrylates and their modified products; polyurethanes; unsaturated polyamides; polysiloxanes Long chain polyaminoamide phosphates; polyethyleneimine derivatives (amides and their bases obtained by reaction of poly (lower alkylene imines) with free carboxy group-containing polyesters); polyallylamine derivatives (polyallylamine and free carboxy) Polyester, polyamide or ester-amide co-condensate having a group The reaction product obtained by reacting one or more compound selected from among the three compounds of the polyester amide)), and the like.
  • a polymer dispersant containing a nitrogen atom in the main chain or side chain and having an amine value is preferable from the viewpoint that the colorant can be suitably dispersed and the dispersion stability is good.
  • a polymer dispersant composed of a polymer containing a repeating unit having a tertiary amine is preferable from the viewpoint of good dispersibility, no precipitation of foreign matters when forming a coating film, and improvement of luminance and contrast.
  • the repeating unit having a tertiary amine is a site having an affinity for the colorant.
  • the polymer dispersant made of a polymer containing a repeating unit having a tertiary amine usually contains a repeating unit that becomes a site having an affinity for a solvent.
  • a polymer containing a repeating unit having a tertiary amine a block copolymer having a block part composed of a repeating unit having a tertiary amine and a block part having a solvent affinity is particularly preferable. It is preferable at the point which can form the coating film which is excellent in and high brightness.
  • the repeating unit having a tertiary amine only needs to have a tertiary amine, and the tertiary amine may be contained in the side chain of the block polymer or may constitute the main chain.
  • a repeating unit having a tertiary amine in the side chain is preferable, and among them, the structure represented by the following general formula (I) is preferable because the main chain skeleton is hardly thermally decomposed and has high heat resistance. Is more preferable.
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • Q is a divalent linking group
  • R 2 is an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, — [CH (R 5 ) —CH
  • R 3 And R 4 each independently represents an optionally substituted chain or cyclic hydrocarbon group, or R 3 and R 4 are bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure
  • R 5 and R 6 are Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • x represents an integer of 1 to 18, y represents an integer of 1 to 5, and z represents an integer of 1 to 18.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group Q in the general formula (I) include, for example, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an arylene group, a —CONH— group, a —COO— group, an ether group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (— R′—OR ′′ —: R ′ and R ′′ are each independently an alkylene group) and combinations thereof.
  • Q is a —COO— group or —CONH— from the viewpoint of heat resistance of the polymer obtained, solubility in propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) suitably used as a solvent, and a relatively inexpensive material. It is preferably a group.
  • the divalent organic group R 2 in the general formula (I) is an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, — [CH (R 5 ) —CH (R 6 ) —O] x —CH (R 5 ) —CH (R 6 ) — or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z — (CH 2 ) y —.
  • the alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms may be linear or branched. For example, methylene group, ethylene group, trimethylene group, propylene group, various butylene groups, various pentylene groups, various hexylenes. Groups, various octylene groups and the like.
  • R 5 and R 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 2 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of dispersibility. Among them, R 2 is more preferably a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, or a butylene group. Groups are more preferred.
  • Examples of the cyclic structure formed by combining R 3 and R 4 in the general formula (I) include a 5- to 7-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic monocycle or a condensed ring formed by condensing two of these. It is done.
  • the nitrogen-containing heterocycle preferably has no aromaticity, more preferably a saturated ring.
  • Examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (I) include dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate, and other alkyl group-substituted amino groups.
  • Examples include group-containing (meth) acrylates, alkyl group-substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylamides such as dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylamide, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide, and the like.
  • dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, and dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide can be preferably used in terms of improving dispersibility and dispersion stability.
  • the block part composed of repeating units having a tertiary amine it is preferable that three or more structural units represented by the general formula (I) are included.
  • the general formula (I) is preferably 3 to 100, more preferably 3 to 50, and even more preferably 3 to 30.
  • a block having a block part (hereinafter sometimes referred to as A block) composed of a repeating unit having a tertiary amine and a block part having solvent affinity (hereinafter sometimes referred to as B block).
  • the block part having solvent affinity in the polymer from the viewpoint of improving solvent affinity and improving dispersibility, the block unit does not have the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and the general formula (I A solvent-affinity block portion having a structural unit copolymerizable with I).
  • the arrangement of each block of the block copolymer is not particularly limited, and for example, an AB block copolymer, an ABA block copolymer, a BAB block copolymer, and the like can be used. Among these, an AB block copolymer or an ABA block copolymer is preferable in terms of excellent dispersibility.
  • the B block may be the same as the B block of International Publication No. 2016/104493.
  • the number of structural units constituting the solvent affinity block may be appropriately adjusted within a range where the colorant dispersibility is improved.
  • the number of structural units constituting the solvent-affinity block part is 10 to 200 from the viewpoint that the solvent-affinity part and the colorant affinity part act effectively and improve the dispersibility of the colorant. It is preferably 10 to 100, more preferably 10 to 70.
  • the solvent-affinity block part may be selected so as to function as a solvent-affinity site, and the repeating unit constituting the solvent-affinity block part may be composed of one kind, or two or more kinds.
  • the repeating unit may be included.
  • the number of units m of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and the number of units n of other structural units constituting the solvent-affinity block unit The ratio m / n is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 1, and more preferably in the range of 0.05 to 0.7 from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability of the color material. .
  • the dispersant is a polymer having an amine value of 40 mgKOH / g or more and 120 mgKOH / g or less that includes the structure represented by the general formula (I), and has good dispersibility. It is preferable from the viewpoint of improving luminance and contrast without depositing foreign matters.
  • the amine value is within the above range, the viscosity is excellent in stability over time and heat resistance, and is also excellent in alkali developability and solvent resolubility.
  • the amine value of the dispersant is preferably 80 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 90 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the amine value of the dispersant is preferably 110 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 105 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the amine value refers to the number of mg of potassium hydroxide equivalent to perchloric acid required to neutralize the amine component contained in 1 g of a sample, and can be measured by the method defined in JIS-K7237. When measured by this method, even if it is an amino group that forms a salt with the organic acid compound in the dispersant, the organic acid compound usually dissociates, so that the block copolymer itself used as the dispersant is itself The amine value of can be measured.
  • the acid value of the dispersant used in the present invention is preferably 1 mgKOH / g or more as a lower limit from the viewpoint of the effect of suppressing development residue.
  • the acid value of the dispersant is more preferably 2 mgKOH / g or more from the viewpoint of more excellent development residue suppression effect.
  • the acid value of the dispersant used in the present invention can prevent deterioration in development adhesion and solvent resolubility, improve the linearity of the fine line pattern of the colored layer, and suppress the fluctuation of micropores.
  • the upper limit of the acid value of the dispersant is preferably 18 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the acid value of the dispersant is more preferably 16 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 14 mgKOH / g or less, from the viewpoint of improving the development adhesion and the solvent resolubility.
  • the acid value of the block copolymer before salt formation is preferably 1 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably 2 mgKOH / g or more. This is because the effect of suppressing the development residue is improved.
  • the upper limit of the acid value of the block copolymer before salt formation is preferably 18 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 16 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 14 mgKOH / g or less. . This is because the development adhesiveness and the solvent resolubility are improved.
  • the glass transition temperature of a dispersing agent is 30 degreeC or more from the point which image development adhesiveness improves. That is, whether the dispersant is a block copolymer before salt formation or a salt block copolymer, the glass transition temperature is preferably 30 ° C. or higher.
  • the glass transition temperature of the dispersant is low, it is particularly close to the developer temperature (usually about 23 ° C.), and the development adhesion may be lowered. This is presumably because when the glass transition temperature is close to the developer temperature, the movement of the dispersant increases during development, resulting in poor development adhesion.
  • the glass transition temperature is 30 ° C.
  • the glass transition temperature of the dispersant is preferably 32 ° C. or higher, more preferably 35 ° C. or higher, from the viewpoint of development adhesion. On the other hand, the temperature is preferably 200 ° C. or lower from the viewpoint of operability during use, such as easy precision weighing.
  • the glass transition temperature of the dispersant in the present invention can be determined by measuring by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) according to JIS K7121.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of a block part and a block copolymer can be calculated by the following formula.
  • the amount of the binder is relatively decreased, so that the colored resin layer is easily peeled off from the base substrate during development.
  • the dispersant contains a B block containing a structural unit derived from a carboxy group-containing monomer and has the specific acid value and glass transition temperature, the development adhesion is improved. If the acid value is too high, the developability is excellent, but it is presumed that the polarity is too high and peeling easily occurs during development.
  • the dispersant is a polymer having a structure represented by the general formula (I) and having an amine value of 40 mgKOH / g or more and 120 mgKOH / g or less, and an acid value.
  • 1 mgKOH / g or more and 18 mgKOH / g or less and having a glass transition temperature of 30 ° C. or more improves the color material dispersion stability and improves the contrast, and includes the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1)
  • a colored resin composition is used, the generation of development residues is suppressed, the solvent resolubility is excellent, the development adhesion is high, and the micropores with excellent shape can be easily formed. It is preferable from the viewpoint that the fluctuation of holes and development residues are easily suppressed.
  • the carboxy group-containing monomer a monomer that can be copolymerized with a monomer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and contains an unsaturated double bond and a carboxy group can be used.
  • monomers include (meth) acrylic acid, vinyl benzoic acid, maleic acid, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, acrylic acid dimer, and the like.
  • an addition reaction product of a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and a cyclic anhydride such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, or cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride, ⁇ -carboxy-polycaprolactone Mono (meth) acrylates can also be used.
  • a cyclic anhydride such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, or cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride, ⁇ -carboxy-polycaprolactone Mono (meth) acrylates
  • acid anhydride group containing monomers such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, and citraconic anhydride, as a precursor of a carboxy group.
  • (meth) acrylic acid is particularly preferable from the viewpoints of copolymerizability, cost, solubility, glass transition temperature, and the like.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the carboxy group-containing monomer may be appropriately set so that the acid value of the block copolymer is within the range of the specific acid value. Although not limited, it is preferably 0.05% by mass to 4.5% by mass, and preferably 0.07% by mass to 3.7% by mass with respect to the total mass of all the structural units of the block copolymer. Is more preferable. Since the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the carboxy group-containing monomer is not less than the lower limit value, the effect of suppressing the development residue is expressed, and since it is not more than the upper limit value, the development adhesiveness is deteriorated and the solvent resolubility is reduced. Deterioration can be prevented. In addition, the structural unit derived from a carboxy group containing monomer should just become said specific acid value, may consist of 1 type, and may contain 2 or more types of structural units.
  • the monomer whose glass transition temperature (Tgi) of the homopolymer of the monomer is 10 ° C. or higher from the viewpoint that the glass transition temperature of the dispersant used in the present invention is a specific value or higher and development adhesion is improved.
  • Tgi glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of the monomer
  • the ratio m / n of the unit number m of the structural unit of the A block and the unit number n of the structural unit of the B block is in the range of 0.05 to 1.5.
  • the range of 0.1 to 1.0 is more preferable from the viewpoint of the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the color material.
  • the weight average molecular weight Mw of the block copolymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1000 to 20000, and preferably 2000 to 15000 from the viewpoint of good colorant dispersibility and dispersion stability. More preferably, it is more preferably 3000 to 12000.
  • the weight average molecular weight is determined as a standard polystyrene conversion value by (Mw) and gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • Mw polystyrene conversion value by
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • a block copolymer having a block part composed of a repeating unit having a tertiary amine and a block part having a solvent affinity for example, a block copolymer described in Japanese Patent No. 4911253 is used. It can be mentioned as a suitable thing.
  • the polymer containing a repeating unit having the tertiary amine with respect to 100 parts by mass of the coloring material.
  • the content of is preferably 15 parts by mass to 300 parts by mass, and more preferably 20 parts by mass to 250 parts by mass. If it is in the said range, it is excellent in the dispersibility and dispersion stability, and the effect which improves a contrast becomes high.
  • the polymer containing the repeating unit having the tertiary amine an organic acid compound, and a halogenated hydrocarbon.
  • a salt forming a salt as a dispersant (hereinafter, such a polymer may be referred to as a salt-type polymer).
  • the polymer containing a repeating unit having a tertiary amine is a block copolymer
  • the organic acid compound is an acidic organic phosphorus compound such as phenylphosphonic acid or phenylphosphinic acid. And preferred from the viewpoint of excellent dispersion stability.
  • organic acid compound used for such a dispersant examples include, for example, organic acid compounds described in JP 2012-236882 A and the like.
  • the halogenated hydrocarbon is preferably at least one of allyl halides such as allyl bromide and benzyl chloride and aralkyl halides from the viewpoint of excellent dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material.
  • the content in the case of using a dispersant is not particularly limited as long as it can uniformly disperse the coloring material.
  • the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters is used.
  • it can be used in an amount of 1 to 40% by mass.
  • it is preferably blended in an amount of 2 to 30% by weight, particularly preferably 3 to 25% by weight, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. If it is more than the said lower limit, it is excellent in the storage stability of the dispersibility and dispersion stability of a color material, and the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters. Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, developability will become favorable.
  • the content of the dispersant is 2% by mass to 25% by mass, more preferably based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. It is preferable to blend at a ratio of 3% by mass to 20% by mass.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention may further contain an antioxidant.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention can improve heat resistance by including an antioxidant in combination with the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1). Since it is possible to suppress the luminance decrease after post-baking, the luminance can be improved, and excessive radical chain reaction in the micropores can be controlled without impairing the curability when forming the micropores in the cured film, Micropores having a desired shape can be formed more easily.
  • the antioxidant used in the present invention is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected from conventionally known ones.
  • antioxidants include, for example, hindered phenol antioxidants, amine antioxidants, phosphorus antioxidants, sulfur antioxidants, hydrazine antioxidants, and the like. It is preferable to use a hindered phenol type antioxidant from the point which makes the shape of a point and a micropore favorable.
  • the hindered phenol antioxidant contains at least one phenol structure, and has a structure in which a substituent having 4 or more carbon atoms is substituted on at least one of the 2-position and 6-position of the hydroxyl group of the phenol structure. Means an antioxidant.
  • hindered phenol antioxidant examples include, for example, dibutylhydroxytoluene (BHT), pentaerythritol tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (trade name: Irganox 1010, manufactured by BASF), 1,3,5-tris (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) isocyanurate (trade name: Irganox 3114, manufactured by BASF), 2,4,6 Tris (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylbenzyl) mesitylene (trade name: Irganox 1330, manufactured by BASF), 6- (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylanilino) -2 , 4-Bis (octylthio) -1,3,5-triazine (trade name: Irganox 565) BASF), 2,2′-thiodiethylbis [
  • a latent antioxidant may be used as the antioxidant.
  • the latent antioxidant is a compound having a protecting group that can be removed by heating, and exhibiting an antioxidant function when the protecting group is eliminated. Among them, those which are easy to remove the protecting group by heating at 150 ° C. or higher are preferable. Since the latent antioxidant does not have an antioxidant function at the time of exposure, it does not deactivate radicals generated from the photoinitiator, suppresses a decrease in sensitivity, suppresses line width thinning, and a remaining film ratio It is easy to improve.
  • the latent antioxidant suitably used in the present invention is a protection capable of detaching the phenolic hydroxyl group of the hindered phenolic antioxidant by heating from the viewpoint of heat resistance and good micropore shape.
  • latent hindered phenol antioxidants protected with a group and specific examples thereof include the following chemical formulas (a) to (c), but are not limited thereto.
  • the method for producing the latent antioxidant is not particularly limited.
  • JP-A-57-111375, JP-A-3-173843, JP-A-6-128195, JP-A-7-207771, JP-A-7-252191 special table. Obtained by reacting a phenolic compound produced by the method described in each publication of 2004-501128 with an acid anhydride, acid chloride, Boc reagent, alkyl halide compound, silyl chloride compound, allyl ether compound, etc. Can do. Moreover, you may use a commercial item.
  • Examples of the protecting group that can be removed by heating include a reaction residue of an acid anhydride, an acid chloride, a Boc reagent, an alkyl halide compound, a silyl chloride compound, or an allyl ether compound. , T-butoxycarbonyl group.
  • the content when the antioxidant is used is not particularly limited.
  • the content is 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter. be able to. Further, it is preferably blended in an amount of 0.2% by mass to 10% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter, and the ratio is particularly preferably 0.3% by mass to 5% by mass. From the viewpoint of sufficiently exerting the combined effect with the photoinitiator.
  • the photoinitiator used in the present invention is sufficiently effective for the combined use with the photoinitiator. Is preferably 10 parts by mass or more, more preferably 20 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 30 parts by mass or more. On the other hand, from the standpoint of maintaining moderate sensitivity, it is preferably 300 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 200 parts by mass or less, with respect to 100 parts by mass in total of the photoinitiator used in the present invention.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters may contain various additives as necessary.
  • the additive include a polymerization terminator, a chain transfer agent, a leveling agent, a plasticizer, a surfactant, an antifoaming agent, a silane coupling agent, an ultraviolet absorber, and an adhesion promoter.
  • Specific examples of the surfactant and the plasticizer include those described in JP2013-029832A.
  • the ratio of the mass (P) of the color material used in the present invention to the mass (V) of the solid content other than the color material (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “P / V ratio”) is the colored layer of the color filter.
  • P / V ratio the ratio of the mass (P) of the color material used in the present invention to the mass (V) of the solid content other than the color material.
  • the desired color it is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 0.05 or more and 1.00 or less, and is in the range of 0.10 or more and 0.80 or less. More preferably, it is more preferably in the range of 0.15 or more and 0.75 or less, and particularly preferably in the range of 0.20 or more and 0.70 or less.
  • a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter capable of forming a colored layer capable of forming a desired color can be obtained, and further, the above photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter. It can be uniformly dispersed in the product.
  • the P / V ratio is preferably 0.50 or more, more preferably 0.60 or more, and even more preferably 0.74 or more. It is preferable that Moreover, it is preferable that it is 1.0 or less.
  • the P / V ratio is preferably 0.46 or more, more preferably 0.56 or more, and even more preferably 0.68 or more. It is preferable that Moreover, it is preferable that it is 1.0 or less.
  • the P / V ratio is preferably 0.24 or more, more preferably 0.34 or more, and still more preferably 0.41 or more. It is preferable that Moreover, it is preferable that it is 1.0 or less. If it is more than the said lower limit, respectively, the color density of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters can be made high, and a color filter pixel can be made to have a higher color rendering and a lower film thickness. Moreover, if each is below an upper limit, while being excellent in storage stability, the colored layer which has sufficient hardness and adhesiveness with a board
  • the method for producing a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention comprises a coloring material, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, a solvent, preferably a dispersant, and an antioxidant. From the point of improving contrast, it is preferable that the colorant can be uniformly dispersed in the solvent by a dispersant, containing various additive components used as desired, and mixing using a known mixing means Can be prepared.
  • a color material and a dispersant are added to a solvent to prepare a color material dispersion, and the alkali-soluble resin, light, A method of mixing a polymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, and various additive components used as desired; (2) In a solvent, a coloring material, a dispersant, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, and a photoinitiator (3) In a solvent, a dispersant, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, and a photoinitiator are optionally used.
  • the above methods (1) and (4) are preferable from the viewpoint that the aggregation of the coloring material can be effectively prevented and dispersed uniformly.
  • the method for preparing the colorant dispersion can be appropriately selected from conventionally known dispersion methods. For example, (1) A dispersant is mixed and stirred in advance to prepare a dispersant solution, and then an organic acid compound is mixed as necessary to form a salt between the amino group of the dispersant and the organic acid compound.
  • the dispersing machine for performing the dispersion treatment examples include roll mills such as two rolls and three rolls, ball mills such as a ball mill and a vibration ball mill, bead mills such as a paint conditioner, a continuous disk type bead mill, and a continuous annular type bead mill.
  • the bead diameter to be used is preferably 0.03 mm to 2.00 mm, and more preferably 0.10 mm to 1.0 mm.
  • the color filter according to the present invention is a color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, and at least one of the colored layers is a photosensitive for color filter according to the present invention. It has a colored layer made of a cured product of the colored resin composition.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic sectional view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention.
  • the color filter 10 of the present invention has a substrate 1, a light shielding part 2, and a colored layer 3.
  • At least one of the colored layers used in the color filter of the present invention is a colored layer made of a cured product of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters according to the present invention.
  • the colored layer is usually formed in an opening of a light shielding part on the substrate to be described later, and is usually composed of a colored pattern of three or more colors.
  • the arrangement of the colored layers is not particularly limited, and for example, a general arrangement such as a stripe type, a mosaic type, a triangle type, or a four-pixel arrangement type can be used.
  • variety, area, etc. of a colored layer can be set arbitrarily.
  • the thickness of the colored layer is appropriately controlled by adjusting the coating method, the solid content concentration, the viscosity, etc. of the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter, but is usually preferably in the range of 1 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m. .
  • the colored layer can be formed by the following method, for example.
  • a coating means such as spray coating, dip coating, bar coating, roll coating, spin coating, or die coating. Apply on top to form a wet coating.
  • spin coating and die coating can be preferably used.
  • drying the wet coating film using a hot plate or oven it is exposed to light through a mask having a predetermined pattern, and an alkali-soluble resin and a photopolymerizable compound are subjected to a photopolymerization reaction. Let it be a cured coating film.
  • Examples of the light source used for exposure include ultraviolet rays such as a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, and a metal halide lamp, and an electron beam.
  • the exposure amount is appropriately adjusted depending on the light source used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
  • the heating conditions are appropriately selected depending on the blending ratio of each component in the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter to be used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
  • a coating film is formed with a desired pattern by melt
  • a solution in which an alkali is dissolved in water or a water-soluble solvent is usually used.
  • An appropriate amount of a surfactant or the like may be added to the alkaline solution.
  • a general method can be adopted as the developing method.
  • the developer is washed and the cured coating film of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter is dried to form a colored layer.
  • the heating conditions are not particularly limited and are appropriately selected depending on the application of the coating film.
  • micropores may be formed in the colored layer during the development process.
  • desired micropores can be easily formed in the colored layer.
  • the shape of the micropore is appropriately selected according to the application and is not particularly limited. In the present invention, for example, a micropore having a size of about 10 ⁇ m ⁇ 10 ⁇ m to 30 ⁇ m ⁇ 30 ⁇ m can be formed.
  • the shape of a micropore is not specifically limited, For example, circular, an ellipse, a polygon etc. are mentioned.
  • a method for forming micropores in the colored layer for example, as a photomask used for forming the colored layer, a microhole for forming micropores in an opening pattern of a pattern photomask capable of forming a fine line pattern is used. There is a method using a pattern photomask in which a mask is arranged.
  • the light shielding part in the color filter of the present invention is formed in a pattern on a substrate to be described later, and can be the same as that used as a light shielding part in a general color filter.
  • the pattern shape of the light shielding portion is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a stripe shape and a matrix shape.
  • the light shielding part may be a metal thin film such as chromium by sputtering, vacuum deposition or the like.
  • the light shielding part may be a resin layer in which light shielding particles such as carbon fine particles, metal oxides, inorganic pigments, and organic pigments are contained in a resin binder.
  • the film thickness of the light shielding part is set to about 0.2 ⁇ m to 0.4 ⁇ m in the case of a metal thin film, and is set to about 0.5 ⁇ m to 2 ⁇ m in the case where a black pigment is dispersed or dissolved in a binder resin. Is done.
  • substrate As the substrate, a transparent substrate, a silicon substrate, and a transparent substrate or a substrate in which an aluminum, silver, silver / copper / palladium alloy thin film or the like is formed on a transparent substrate or a silicon substrate, which will be described later, are used. On these substrates, another color filter layer, a resin layer, a transistor such as a TFT, a circuit, or the like may be formed.
  • the transparent substrate in the color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a base material transparent to visible light, and a transparent substrate used for a general color filter can be used.
  • transparent flexible rigid materials such as quartz glass, alkali-free glass, and synthetic quartz plates, or transparent flexible flexible materials such as transparent resin films, optical resin plates, and flexible glasses. Materials.
  • the thickness of the transparent substrate is not particularly limited, but for example, a thickness of about 100 ⁇ m to 1 mm can be used according to the use of the color filter of the present invention.
  • the color filter of the present invention includes, for example, an overcoat layer, a transparent electrode layer, an alignment film, an alignment protrusion, a columnar spacer, etc., in addition to the substrate, the light shielding portion, and the colored layer. Also good.
  • a display device includes the color filter according to the present invention.
  • the configuration of the display device is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from conventionally known display devices, such as a liquid crystal display device and an organic light emitting display device.
  • the liquid crystal display device includes the above-described color filter according to the present invention, a counter substrate, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter and the counter substrate.
  • a liquid crystal display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
  • the liquid crystal display device 40 of the present invention includes a color filter 10, a counter substrate 20 having a TFT array substrate and the like, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter 10 and the counter substrate 20. 30.
  • the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 2, but can be a configuration generally known as a liquid crystal display device using a color filter.
  • the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a driving method generally used for a liquid crystal display device can be employed. Examples of such a drive method include a TN method, an IPS method, an OCB method, and an MVA method. In the present invention, any of these methods can be preferably used. Further, the counter substrate can be appropriately selected and used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. Furthermore, as the liquid crystal constituting the liquid crystal layer, various liquid crystals having different dielectric anisotropy and mixtures thereof can be used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
  • a method for forming a liquid crystal layer a method generally used as a method for producing a liquid crystal cell can be used, and examples thereof include a vacuum injection method and a liquid crystal dropping method. After forming the liquid crystal layer by the above-described method, the sealed liquid crystal can be aligned by slowly cooling the liquid crystal cell to room temperature.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic view illustrating an example of the organic light emitting display device of the present invention.
  • the organic light emitting display device 100 of the present invention includes a color filter 10 and an organic light emitter 80.
  • An organic protective layer 50 and an inorganic oxide film 60 may be provided between the color filter 10 and the organic light emitter 80.
  • the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, and the cathode 76 are sequentially formed on the upper surface of the color filter. Examples thereof include a method and a method in which an organic light emitter 80 formed on another substrate is bonded onto the inorganic oxide film 60.
  • the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, the cathode 76, and other configurations in the organic light emitting body 80 known structures can be appropriately used.
  • the organic light emitting display device 100 manufactured as described above can be applied to, for example, a passive drive type organic EL display or an active drive type organic EL display.
  • the organic light emitting display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 3, and may be a known configuration as an organic light emitting display device that generally uses a color filter.
  • the structure of the obtained compound was determined by 1H- and 13C-NMR spectra measured using a nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus (Bruker Biospin, AVANCE III HD 500 MHz), and a liquid chromatograph mass spectrometer (Shimadzu Corporation, LC- It was confirmed by mass spectrometry using 30A, Bruker Daltonics, MICROTOFQ2).
  • the temperature was raised to 15 ° C., followed by stirring for 2 hours, and then the reaction solution was discharged.
  • the reaction solution is gradually added with stirring to dilute hydrochloric acid containing 400 g of ice and 65 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid, and then the lower layer is separated using a separatory funnel, and the upper layer is extracted with 50 ml of dichloroethane. Combined with the liquid. Then, it was washed with a NaHCO 3 solution containing 10 g of NaHCO 3 and 200 g of water, further washed with 200 ml of water until the pH value became neutral, and dried with 60 g of anhydrous MgSO 4 to remove moisture. Later, dichloroethane was evaporated by rotary evaporation.
  • the solid powder remaining in the rotary evaporation bottle was put into 200 ml of petroleum ether, subjected to suction filtration, further put into 150 ml of absolute ethanol, heated and refluxed. Thereafter, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, further cooled with ice for 2 hours, suction filtered, and dried in an oven at 50 ° C. for 2 hours to obtain the following intermediate E1.
  • EEMA Ethoxyethyl methacrylate
  • HEMA 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate
  • EHMA 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate
  • MMA methyl methacrylate
  • the obtained block copolymer PGMEA solution is reprecipitated in hexane, purified by filtration and vacuum drying, and a structural unit derived from a block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a carboxy group-containing monomer A block copolymer A (acid value: 8 mgKOH / g, Tg: 38 ° C.) containing a B block having solvophilic properties.
  • the block copolymer A thus obtained was confirmed by GPC (gel permeation chromatography), and the weight average molecular weight Mw was 7730.
  • the amine value was 95 mgKOH / g.
  • the obtained alkali-soluble resin A is a resin in which a side chain having an ethylenic double bond is introduced into the main chain formed by copolymerization of styrene, MMA, and MAA using GMA, and has a solid content of 42.6 mass. %, Acid value 74 mgKOH / g, and weight average molecular weight 12000.
  • the weight average molecular weight was measured with a Shodex GPC System-21H (polypropylene) using polystyrene as a standard substance and THF as an eluent.
  • the acid value was measured based on JIS K 0070.
  • Example 1 Production of Color Material Dispersion 1 5.1 parts by mass of block copolymer A of Synthesis Example 7 as a dispersant, 13.0 parts by mass of blue color material ⁇ obtained in Synthesis Example 9 as a color material, The alkali-soluble resin A solution obtained in Synthesis Example 8 was put into a mayonnaise bin with 5.1 parts by mass in terms of solid content, 76.8 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 100 parts by mass of zirconia beads having a particle size of 2.0 mm.
  • Example 1 photosensitive color resin compositions 2 to 13 for color filters were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the photoinitiator was used in the types and amounts shown in Table 1.
  • OXE-01 used as the photoinitiator in Example 8 is an oxime ester photoinitiator (trade name: Irgacure OXE-01, manufactured by BASF), and is a compound represented by the following chemical formula (4).
  • Example 14 In Example 13, a photosensitive colored resin for a color filter was used in the same manner as in Example 13 except that a bisphenol antioxidant (ADK STAB AO-40, manufactured by ADEKA) was used instead of BHT as an antioxidant. A composition 14 was obtained.
  • a bisphenol antioxidant ADK STAB AO-40, manufactured by ADEKA
  • Example 15 In Example 13, a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter was used in the same manner as in Example 13 except that a hindered phenol antioxidant (Irg1010, manufactured by BASF) was used instead of BHT as an antioxidant. Product 15 was obtained.
  • a hindered phenol antioxidant Irg1010, manufactured by BASF
  • Example 16 In Example 13, in place of using BHT as an antioxidant, the photosensitivity for a color filter was obtained in the same manner as in Example 13 except that the compound a which is a latent antioxidant obtained in Synthesis Example 15 was used. A colored resin composition 16 was obtained.
  • Example 17 In Example 1, except that the addition amounts of the alkali-soluble resin, the photopolymerizable compound, the photoinitiator, and the antioxidant were changed to the amounts shown in Table 1, photosensitive coloring for color filters was performed in the same manner as in Example 1. Resin compositions 17 to 21 were obtained.
  • Example 21 (Comparative Examples 1 to 3)
  • the photoinitiator shown in Table 1 was used instead of the compound A obtained in Synthesis Example 1. Colored resin compositions 1 to 3 were obtained.
  • the photoinitiator used in Comparative Example 1 is OXE-02 (manufactured by BASF) represented by the following chemical formula (5).
  • the photoinitiator used in Comparative Example 3 is Comparative Compound A represented by the following chemical formula (6).
  • Example 22 In Example 13, a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter was used in the same manner as in Example 13 except that 37.2 parts by mass of Pigment Red 254 (PR254) was used instead of the blue color material ⁇ as the color material. 22 was obtained.
  • PR254 Pigment Red 254
  • Example 4 In Example 22, without using Compound A obtained in Synthesis Example 1, Compound E obtained in Synthesis Example 5 and Irg819 (manufactured by BASF) as a photoinitiator, OXE- represented by the above chemical formula (5) was used. Comparative color filter in the same manner as in Example 22 except that 02 (manufactured by BASF) was used in the amount shown in Table 2, the antioxidant (BHT) was not used, and 20.2 parts by mass of the photopolymerizable compound was used. A photosensitive colored resin composition 4 was obtained.
  • Example 23 In Example 13, instead of the blue color material ⁇ as the color material, 16.48 parts by mass of Pigment Green 59 (PG59) and 20.72 parts by mass of the Azo derivative 1 obtained in Synthesis Example 10 were used. In the same manner as in Example 13, a photosensitive colored resin composition 23 for a color filter was obtained.
  • Example 5 In Example 23, without using Compound A obtained in Synthesis Example 1, Compound E obtained in Synthesis Example 5 and Irg819 (manufactured by BASF) as a photoinitiator, OXE-- represented by the above chemical formula (5) was used. Comparative color filter in the same manner as in Example 23 except that 02 (manufactured by BASF) was used in the amounts shown in Table 2, the antioxidant (BHT) was not used, and 20.2 parts by mass of the photopolymerizable compound was used. A photosensitive colored resin composition 5 was obtained.
  • Example 24 In Example 13, instead of the blue color material ⁇ as the color material, C.I. I. Photosensitive coloring for color filters in the same manner as in Example 13 except that 37.2 parts by mass of Solvent Yellow 162, no antioxidant (BHT), and 20.2 parts by mass of the photopolymerizable compound were used. A resin composition 24 was obtained.
  • Example 6 (Comparative Example 6) In Example 24, without using Compound A obtained in Synthesis Example 1, Compound E obtained in Synthesis Example 5 and Irg819 (manufactured by BASF) as a photoinitiator, OXE- represented by the above chemical formula (5) was used. A photosensitive colored resin composition 6 for a comparative color filter was obtained in the same manner as in Example 24 except that 02 (manufactured by BASF) was used in an amount shown in Table 2.
  • Example 25 In Example 16, in place of the blue color material ⁇ as the color material, 23.8 parts by mass of Pigment Green 58 and 13.4 parts by mass of the Azo derivative 2 obtained in Synthesis Example 11 were used. In the same manner as in No. 16, a photosensitive colored resin composition 25 for a color filter was obtained.
  • Example 26 In Example 16, instead of the blue color material ⁇ as the color material, 24.5 parts by mass of Pigment Green 58 and 12.7 parts by mass of the Azo derivative 3 obtained in Synthesis Example 12 were used. In the same manner as in No. 16, a photosensitive colored resin composition 26 for a color filter was obtained.
  • Example 27 In Example 16, instead of the blue color material ⁇ as a color material, 25.3 parts by mass of Pigment Green 58 and 11.9 parts by mass of the Azo derivative 4 obtained in Synthesis Example 13 were used. In the same manner as in No. 16, a photosensitive colored resin composition 27 for a color filter was obtained.
  • Example 28 In Example 16, instead of the blue color material ⁇ as the color material, 26.1 parts by mass of Pigment Green 58 and 11.1 parts by mass of Azo derivative 5 obtained in Synthesis Example 14 were used. In the same manner as in No. 16, a photosensitive colored resin composition 28 for a color filter was obtained.
  • Example 29 In Example 27, a photosensitive colored resin composition 29 for a color filter was obtained in the same manner as in Example 27 except that BHT was used instead of the compound a as the antioxidant.
  • Example 30 the photosensitive colored resin composition 30 for color filters was obtained in the same manner as in Example 27 except that 20.2 parts by mass of the photopolymerizable compound was used without using the antioxidant compound a. It was.
  • Example 27 without using Compound A obtained in Synthesis Example 1, Compound E obtained in Synthesis Example 5 and Irg819 (manufactured by BASF) as a photoinitiator, OXE- represented by the above chemical formula (5) was used.
  • a colored resin composition 7 was obtained.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition obtained in each example and each comparative example was coated on a glass substrate (NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., “NA35”) using a spin coater to obtain a cured coating film having a thickness of 3 After coating to a thickness of 0.0 ⁇ m, it was dried at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate to form a coating film on the glass substrate.
  • This coating film is irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 40 mJ / cm 2 using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp through a pattern photomask (chrome mask) in which a chromium mask of 20 ⁇ m ⁇ 20 ⁇ m is arranged in the center of an independent thin line having an opening size of 90 ⁇ m ⁇ 300 ⁇ m.
  • a post-exposure coating film was formed on the glass substrate.
  • spin-develop with 0.05 wt% potassium hydroxide aqueous solution as a developer, develop it by indirect solution in the developer for 60 seconds, and then wash with pure water to form a coating film with an independent fine line pattern having micropores Got.
  • post-baking in a clean oven at 230 ° C. for 25 minutes was performed to form a colored layer having an independent fine line pattern having micropores. The following evaluation was performed about the obtained colored layer.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition obtained in each example and each comparative example was applied on a glass substrate (NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., “NA35”) using a spin coater, and then a hot plate was used. It was used and dried at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes to form a coating on the glass substrate. The whole surface was irradiated with 60 mJ / cm 2 of ultraviolet light using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp without passing through a photomask to form a post-exposure coating film. Next, spin development was performed using a 0.05 wt% potassium hydroxide aqueous solution as a developer, and the resulting solution was indirectly developed for 60 seconds and then washed with pure water to form a post-development coating film.
  • the film thickness after development (D) / the film thickness after exposure (E) was calculated as the remaining film ratio. It should be noted that the film thickness after development (D) / the film thickness after exposure (E) is 90% or more, which is a range suitable for actual use.
  • the colored layer was observed with an optical microscope, and the shape of micropores, billiness and development residue were evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.
  • shape A: The deviation of the dimension of the minute holes formed in the colored layer is smaller than 2% in absolute value with respect to the dimension of the chromium mask arranged in the independent thin line pattern.
  • C formed in the colored layer with respect to the dimension of the chrome mask arranged in the independent fine line pattern Deviation of the dimension of the formed micropore is larger than 6% and not more than 8% in absolute value.
  • D The dimension deviation of the microhole formed in the colored layer is different from the dimension of the chromium mask arranged in the independent thin line pattern. The absolute value is larger than 8%. Note that the dimensional deviation was calculated as an average value of the dimensional deviation of each side.
  • OXE-01 oxime ester photoinitiator (trade name: Irgacure OXE-01, manufactured by BASF)
  • OXE-02 oxime ester photoinitiator (trade name Irgacure OXE-02, manufactured by BASF)
  • Irg369 ⁇ -aminoketone photoinitiator (Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF)
  • Irg907 ⁇ -aminoketone photoinitiator (Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF)
  • Mercapto series Mercapto chain transfer agent (2-mercaptobenzothiazole, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
  • Biimidazole series Biimidazole series photoinitiator (HABI, manufactured by Kurokin Kasei)
  • DETX thioxanthone photoinitiator (DOUBLECURE DETX, manufactured by Double Bond Chemical)
  • the photosensitive colored resin compositions of Examples 1 to 30 containing the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) as a photoinitiator were used as comparative photosensitive colored resin compositions using the same color material. In comparison, it was revealed that a colored layer with improved luminance can be formed. In addition, the colored resin compositions of Examples 1 to 30 had a high residual film ratio and good sensitivity. It was clarified that the photosensitive colored resin compositions of Examples 1 to 30 were excellent in the linearity of the fine line pattern, and desired micropores were easily formed in the colored layer at the same time when the colored layer was patterned.
  • Example 2 had a gentler taper angle and a better micropore shape.
  • the shape of the micropores was improved (implementation). Comparison between Example 1 and Example 5 and Comparison between Example 2 and Examples 6-8). Further, as the photoinitiator, an oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) and an oxime ester compound having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton are combined, and an ⁇ -aminoketone photoinitiator or a biimidazole photoinitiator is further combined.
  • Containing at least one selected from thioxanthone photoinitiators, acylphosphine oxide photoinitiators, and mercapto chain transfer agents improves the linearity of the fine line pattern and improves the shape of the micropores (Comparison between Example 5 and Examples 9 to 13).
  • the inclusion of the antioxidant further suppressed the fluctuation of micropores and improved the brightness (comparison between Example 1 and Example 21, and comparison between Examples 27 and 29 and Example 30).
  • the latent antioxidant compound a
  • the remaining film ratio was as good as when the antioxidant was not used while the micropores were more suppressed.
  • Comparative Example 2 which does not contain the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) as a photoinitiator and uses Irg907 ( ⁇ -aminoketone photoinitiator), the luminance and the remaining film ratio are inferior. It was. Comparative compound A which does not contain the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) as a photoinitiator, has a nitro group in the fluorene skeleton, and the oxime ester group is bonded to the fluorene skeleton without a carbonyl group. In the comparative example 3 using the brightness and the linearity were inferior. The reason why the linearity of Comparative Example 3 was inferior is presumed that the solvent solubility of Comparative Compound A and the compatibility with other components were inferior.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)

Abstract

The purpose of the present invention is to provide a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter, the composition exhibiting good sensitivity and enabling a colored layer having improved brightness to be formed. This photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter contains a colorant, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, and a solvent. The photoinitiator contains an oxime ester compound represented by general formula (1). (The reference symbols in general formula (1) are as described in the description.)

Description

カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物、カラーフィルタ、及び表示装置Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
 本発明は、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物、カラーフィルタ、及び表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter, a color filter, and a display device.
 近年、パーソナルコンピューターの発達、特に携帯用パーソナルコンピューターの発達に伴って、液晶ディスプレイの需要が増加している。モバイルディスプレイ(携帯電話、スマートフォン、タブレットPC)の普及率も高まっており、益々液晶ディスプレイの市場は拡大する状況にある。また、最近においては、自発光により視認性が高い有機ELディスプレイのような有機発光表示装置も、次世代画像表示装置として注目されている。これらの画像表示装置の性能においては、さらなる高画質化や消費電力の低減が強く望まれている。
 これらの液晶表示装置や有機発光表示装置には、カラーフィルタが用いられる。例えば液晶表示装置のカラー画像の形成は、カラーフィルタを通過した光がそのままカラーフィルタを構成する各画素の色に着色されて、それらの色の光が合成されてカラー画像を形成する。その際の光源としては、従来の冷陰極管のほか、白色発光の有機発光素子や白色発光の無機発光素子が利用される場合がある。また、有機発光表示装置では、色調整などのためにカラーフィルタを用いる。
In recent years, with the development of personal computers, particularly portable personal computers, the demand for liquid crystal displays has increased. The penetration rate of mobile displays (cell phones, smartphones, tablet PCs) is also increasing, and the market for liquid crystal displays is expanding. Recently, an organic light-emitting display device such as an organic EL display having high visibility due to self-emission has been attracting attention as a next-generation image display device. In the performance of these image display devices, further improvement in image quality and reduction in power consumption are strongly desired.
Color filters are used in these liquid crystal display devices and organic light emitting display devices. For example, in the formation of a color image of a liquid crystal display device, the light passing through the color filter is colored as it is into the color of each pixel constituting the color filter, and the light of those colors is synthesized to form a color image. As a light source at that time, in addition to a conventional cold cathode tube, an organic light emitting element emitting white light or an inorganic light emitting element emitting white light may be used. In the organic light emitting display device, a color filter is used for color adjustment.
 近年の傾向として、画像表示装置の省電力化が求められており、バックライトの利用効率を向上させるためにカラーフィルタの高輝度化が特に求められている。特にモバイルディスプレイ(携帯電話、スマートフォン、タブレットPC)では大きな課題である。 As a recent trend, there is a demand for power saving of an image display device, and in order to improve the use efficiency of a backlight, a high brightness of a color filter is particularly demanded. This is a big problem especially for mobile displays (cell phones, smartphones, tablet PCs).
 ここで、カラーフィルタは、一般的に、基板と、基板上に形成され、赤、緑、青の三原色の着色パターンからなる着色層と、各着色パターンを区画するように基板上に形成された遮光部とを有している。
 カラーフィルタにおける着色層の形成方法としては、例えば、分散剤等により色材を分散してなる色材分散液にバインダー樹脂、光重合性化合物及び光開始剤を添加してなる着色樹脂組成物をガラス基板に塗布して乾燥後、フォトマスクを用いて露光し、現像を行うことによって着色パターンを形成し、加熱することによりパターンを固着して着色層を形成する。これらの工程を、各色ごとに繰り返してカラーフィルタを形成する。
Here, the color filter is generally formed on the substrate to form the substrate, the colored layer formed of the three primary color patterns of red, green, and blue, and the respective colored patterns. A light shielding portion.
As a method for forming a colored layer in a color filter, for example, a colored resin composition obtained by adding a binder resin, a photopolymerizable compound and a photoinitiator to a colorant dispersion obtained by dispersing a colorant with a dispersant or the like. After coating on a glass substrate and drying, exposure is performed using a photomask, development is performed to form a colored pattern, and heating is performed to fix the pattern to form a colored layer. These steps are repeated for each color to form a color filter.
 カラーフィルタにおいても、高輝度化の要求が高まりを見せる中で、従来と比べカラーフィルタの着色層における色材濃度が高くなることで、相対的に光重合に必要な成分が少なくなりパターニングが難しくなってきている。さらにカラーフィルタの生産性を向上させるため、パターニングに必要な積算露光量を減少させることを求められており、パターニングに必要な硬化性をいかに確保するかが大きな課題となっている。 Even in the color filter, the demand for higher brightness is increasing, and the color material concentration in the colored layer of the color filter is higher than before, so that the components necessary for photopolymerization are relatively reduced and patterning is difficult. It has become to. Furthermore, in order to improve the productivity of the color filter, it is required to reduce the integrated exposure amount necessary for patterning, and how to secure the curability necessary for patterning is a big issue.
 高感度を達成し得る着色樹脂組成物を得る方法として、オキシムエステル系の光開始剤を用いることが提案されている。例えば、特許文献1には、カルバゾール骨格を含んだ特定の構造を有するオキシムエステル化合物が提案されている。また、特許文献2には、フルオレン骨格にカルボニル基を介さずオキシムエステル基が結合した特定の構造を有するオキシムエステルフルオレン化合物が提案されている。また、特許文献3には、ジフェニルスルフィド骨格又はカルバゾール骨格を含み、オキシムエステル基にシクロアルキル基を含んだ特定の置換基を有するオキシムエステル化合物が提案されている。 It has been proposed to use an oxime ester photoinitiator as a method for obtaining a colored resin composition capable of achieving high sensitivity. For example, Patent Document 1 proposes an oxime ester compound having a specific structure including a carbazole skeleton. Patent Document 2 proposes an oxime ester fluorene compound having a specific structure in which an oxime ester group is bonded to a fluorene skeleton without a carbonyl group. Patent Document 3 proposes an oxime ester compound containing a diphenyl sulfide skeleton or a carbazole skeleton and having a specific substituent containing a cycloalkyl group in the oxime ester group.
特許第3992725号公報Japanese Patent No. 3993725 特表2015-523318号公報JP-T-2015-523318 中国特許出願公開第103293855号明細書Chinese Patent Application No. 10293855
 しかしながら、オキシムエステル系の光開始剤を用いた従来の着色樹脂組成物は、輝度が不十分になる傾向がある。特に、従来の感度が高いオキシムエステル系の光開始剤は輝度を低下し易い傾向があった。一方で、比較的輝度が良好になり易いオキシムエステル系の光開始剤は感度が低く、オキシムエステル系光開始剤による感度と輝度に与える影響はトレードオフの関係がみられた。そのため、高感度を達成することができ、更に高輝度な着色層を形成可能な着色樹脂組成物が求められている。 However, the conventional colored resin composition using the oxime ester photoinitiator tends to have insufficient luminance. In particular, conventional oxime ester photoinitiators with high sensitivity tend to lower the luminance. On the other hand, the sensitivity of the oxime ester photoinitiator, which tends to have relatively good brightness, is low, and the effect of the oxime ester photoinitiator on the sensitivity and the brightness has a trade-off relationship. Therefore, there is a demand for a colored resin composition that can achieve high sensitivity and can form a colored layer with higher brightness.
 本発明は、上記実情に鑑みてなされたものであり、輝度が向上した着色層を形成可能で、良好な感度を有するカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物、当該カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を用いて形成された着色層を有するカラーフィルタ、及び当該カラーフィルタを用いた表示装置を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and can form a colored layer with improved brightness, and has a good sensitivity, a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter, and the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter. It is an object of the present invention to provide a color filter having a colored layer formed using an object and a display device using the color filter.
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、色材と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、溶剤とを含有し、
 前記光開始剤が、下記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物を含有する。
The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention contains a colorant, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, and a solvent.
The photoinitiator contains an oxime ester compound represented by the following general formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(一般式(1)において、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基であり、Rは、チオエーテル結合(-S-)、エーテル結合(-O-)及びカルボニル結合(-CO-)から選択される少なくとも1種の2価の連結基を含んでいてもよい炭化水素基であり、Zは、水素原子又は-(C=O)Rであり、Rは酸素原子及び硫黄原子から選択される少なくとも1種を含んでいてもよい炭化水素基、又は、窒素原子を含まず、酸素原子及び硫黄原子から選択される少なくとも1種を含む複素環基であり、Rは、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(In the general formula (1), R a and R b are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and R c is a thioether bond (—S—), an ether bond (—O—) and a carbonyl bond (— CO—) is a hydrocarbon group which may contain at least one divalent linking group selected from Z, Z is a hydrogen atom or — (C═O) R d , and R d is an oxygen atom And a hydrocarbon group that may contain at least one selected from sulfur atoms, or a heterocyclic group that does not contain a nitrogen atom and contains at least one selected from oxygen and sulfur atoms, and R e Is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.)
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、基板と、当該基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の硬化物からなる着色層である。
 また、本発明は、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタを有する、表示装置を提供する。
The color filter according to the present invention is a color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention. It is a colored layer made of a cured product.
The present invention also provides a display device having the color filter according to the present invention.
 本発明によれば、輝度が向上した着色層を形成可能であり、良好な感度を有するカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物、当該カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を用いて形成された着色層を有するカラーフィルタ、及び当該カラーフィルタを用いた表示装置を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to form a colored layer with improved luminance, and a photosensitive color resin composition for color filters having good sensitivity, and a color formed using the photosensitive color resin composition for color filters. A color filter having a layer and a display device using the color filter can be provided.
図1は、本発明のカラーフィルタの一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention. 図2は、本発明の液晶表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. 図3は、本発明の有機発光表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 3 is a schematic view illustrating an example of the organic light emitting display device of the present invention.
 以下、本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物、カラーフィルタ、及び、表示装置について、順に詳細に説明する。
 なお、本発明において光には、可視及び非可視領域の波長の電磁波、さらには放射線が含まれ、放射線には、例えばマイクロ波、電子線が含まれる。具体的には、波長5μm以下の電磁波、及び電子線のことをいう。
 本発明において(メタ)アクリルとは、アクリル及びメタクリルの各々を表し、(メタ)アクリレートとは、アクリレート及びメタクリレートの各々を表す。
 本明細書において、特に断りのない限り、色度座標x、yは、C光源を使用して測色したJIS Z8701のXYZ表色系におけるものである。
Hereinafter, the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter, the color filter, and the display device according to the present invention will be described in detail in order.
In the present invention, light includes electromagnetic waves having wavelengths in the visible and invisible regions, and further includes radiation, and the radiation includes, for example, microwaves and electron beams. Specifically, it means an electromagnetic wave having a wavelength of 5 μm or less and an electron beam.
In the present invention, (meth) acryl represents each of acryl and methacryl, and (meth) acrylate represents each of acrylate and methacrylate.
In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the chromaticity coordinates x and y are in the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701 measured using a C light source.
I.カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、色材と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、溶剤とを含有し、
 前記光開始剤が、下記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物を含有する。
I. Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention contains a colorant, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, and a solvent.
The photoinitiator contains an oxime ester compound represented by the following general formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(一般式(1)において、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基であり、Rは、チオエーテル結合(-S-)、エーテル結合(-O-)及びカルボニル結合(-CO-)から選択される少なくとも1種の2価の連結基を含んでいてもよい炭化水素基であり、Zは、水素原子又は-(C=O)Rであり、Rは酸素原子及び硫黄原子から選択される少なくとも1種を含んでいてもよい炭化水素基、又は、窒素原子を含まず、酸素原子及び硫黄原子から選択される少なくとも1種を含む複素環基であり、Rは、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(In the general formula (1), R a and R b are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and R c is a thioether bond (—S—), an ether bond (—O—) and a carbonyl bond (— CO—) is a hydrocarbon group which may contain at least one divalent linking group selected from Z, Z is a hydrogen atom or — (C═O) R d , and R d is an oxygen atom And a hydrocarbon group that may contain at least one selected from sulfur atoms, or a heterocyclic group that does not contain a nitrogen atom and contains at least one selected from oxygen and sulfur atoms, and R e Is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.)
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、光開始剤として前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物を用いることにより、輝度が向上した着色層を形成可能であり、良好な感度を有する。また、本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、現像残渣の発生が抑制されたものであり、着色層をパターニングする際に、同時に着色層に所望の微小孔を形成し易いというメリットがある。 The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention can form a colored layer with improved brightness by using the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) as a photoinitiator, which is good. Have high sensitivity. In addition, the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter according to the present invention is one in which the development residue is suppressed, and it is easy to form desired micropores in the colored layer at the same time when the colored layer is patterned. There are benefits.
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物が、光開始剤として前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物を用いることにより、上記のような効果を発揮する作用としては、未解明であるが以下のように推定される。
 着色層の輝度の低下は、光開始剤の反応残基による着色が一因となる場合がある。従来、感度は高くなるものの着色層の輝度が不十分になるオキシムエステル系の開始剤は、例えばカルバゾール骨格を有するなど、光開始剤の反応残基が着色し易い構造を有していたと推定される。それに対して、本発明に用いられる前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物は、反応残基が着色原因になり難い透過率の高い構造を有するため、反応残基による着色層の着色が抑制され、その結果、輝度が向上した着色層を形成することができると考えられる。
 また、本発明に用いられる前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物は、フルオレン骨格を有し、カルボニル基を介して、オキシムエステル基を有することから、当該構造の共役系は、輝度に悪影響を与えることなく、露光時の吸収強度を向上させる構造であることにより、感度が良好となることが推定される。更に、本発明に用いられる前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物は、メチルラジカルを発生する光重合開始剤であり、炭素数が多いアルキルラジカルやアリールラジカルを発生する光重合開始剤に比べてラジカル移動が速やかに起こることから、良好な感度を有すると考えられる。
 また、本発明のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物又はその反応残基がアルカリ現像時のアルカリ水溶液に対して高い親和性を有し易いことから、現像残渣が抑制され易いと推定される。
 また、本発明のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、着色層をパターニングする際に、同時に着色層に所望の微細な孔を形成しやすい。着色層形成のため、より高感度な光開始剤を使用する場合、ラジカル発生後、未露光部までラジカルが移動してしまい、露光部分の内部にある未露光部の形状を保ちつつ、かつ未露光部周辺部をビリツキなく形成することは困難である。そのため、従来の感光性樹脂組成物では、細線パターンを形成可能な高感度の光開始剤を使用すると、細線パターンの直線性は良好であっても、微小孔を形成することは困難であった。また、後述する比較例2に示すように、比較的感度の低い光開始剤を使用すると、微小孔を形成することができても、残膜率が低下するといった問題がある。それに対し、本発明のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物では、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物を用いることにより微小孔を形成しやすい。特に、光開始剤の含有量や、組み合わせて用いる酸化防止剤の含有量を調整することにより、より容易に良好な形状の微小孔を形成することができる。本発明のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、着色層に所望の微細な孔を形成しやすいため、例えば、反射型カラーフィルタを形成するために、TFT基板上に着色層を形成し、同時に当該着色層に導通のためのスルーホールを形成する用途にも適している。
 さらに、本発明に用いられる前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物は、フルオレン骨格にカルボニル基を介してオキシムエステル基を有することにより、フルオレン骨格にカルボニル基を介さずオキシムエステル基が結合した構造を有するオキシムエステル化合物に比べ、結晶性が低下するため、溶剤溶解性及び溶剤再溶解性が向上し、他の成分との相溶性が良好になる。溶剤溶解性及び溶剤再溶解性、並びに他の成分との相溶性が向上した光開始剤を用いることにより、細線パターンの直線性が向上したり、微小孔のビリツキが抑制されやすくなる。
 また、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物は熱分解温度が高いため、塗膜加熱時のアウトガスの発生を抑制することができる。そのため、レジストの信頼性が高く、例えば塗膜上に更に、導電膜等の別の層を積層する場合に、積層した層のアウトガスによる損傷を抑制することができる。
The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention uses the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) as a photoinitiator, and as an effect that exhibits the above effects, Although it is clarified, it is estimated as follows.
The decrease in luminance of the colored layer may be caused by coloring due to the reaction residue of the photoinitiator. Conventionally, it is presumed that oxime ester-based initiators that increase the sensitivity but have insufficient brightness of the colored layer have a structure in which the reaction residue of the photoinitiator is easily colored, such as having a carbazole skeleton. The On the other hand, since the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the present invention has a structure having a high transmittance in which the reaction residue is unlikely to cause coloration, the coloring layer is colored by the reaction residue. As a result, it is considered that a colored layer with improved luminance can be formed.
In addition, since the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the present invention has a fluorene skeleton and an oxime ester group via a carbonyl group, the conjugated system of the structure has luminance It is estimated that the sensitivity is improved by the structure that improves the absorption intensity at the time of exposure without adversely affecting the sensitivity. Furthermore, the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the present invention is a photopolymerization initiator that generates a methyl radical, and a photopolymerization initiator that generates an alkyl radical or an aryl radical having a large number of carbon atoms. Compared with, radical movement occurs more rapidly, so it is considered to have good sensitivity.
The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention has a high affinity for the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) or a reaction residue thereof in an alkaline aqueous solution during alkali development. Since it is easy, it is estimated that a development residue is easy to be suppressed.
Moreover, the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of this invention tends to form a desired fine hole simultaneously in a colored layer, when patterning a colored layer. When a more sensitive photoinitiator is used to form a colored layer, the radical moves to the unexposed area after the generation of radicals, while maintaining the shape of the unexposed area inside the exposed area and It is difficult to form the peripheral portion of the exposed portion without flaking. Therefore, in the conventional photosensitive resin composition, when a highly sensitive photoinitiator capable of forming a fine line pattern is used, it is difficult to form micropores even if the linearity of the fine line pattern is good. . Further, as shown in Comparative Example 2 to be described later, when a photoinitiator having a relatively low sensitivity is used, there is a problem that the remaining film rate is lowered even if micropores can be formed. On the other hand, in the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of the present invention, micropores are easily formed by using the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1). In particular, by adjusting the content of the photoinitiator and the content of the antioxidant used in combination, micropores with a good shape can be formed more easily. Since the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention easily forms desired fine holes in the colored layer, for example, in order to form a reflective color filter, a colored layer is formed on the TFT substrate, At the same time, it is also suitable for use in forming through holes for conduction in the colored layer.
Furthermore, the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the present invention has an oxime ester group via a carbonyl group in the fluorene skeleton, so that the oxime ester group does not pass through the carbonyl group via the carbonyl group. Compared with the oxime ester compound having a bonded structure, crystallinity is lowered, so that solvent solubility and solvent re-solubility are improved, and compatibility with other components is improved. By using a photoinitiator that is improved in solvent solubility, solvent re-solubility, and compatibility with other components, the linearity of the fine line pattern is improved, and the fluctuation of micropores is easily suppressed.
Moreover, since the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) has a high thermal decomposition temperature, generation of outgas during heating of the coating film can be suppressed. Therefore, the reliability of the resist is high. For example, when another layer such as a conductive film is further laminated on the coating film, damage due to outgassing of the laminated layer can be suppressed.
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、色材と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、溶剤とを含有するものであり、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、更に他の成分を含有してもよいものである。
 以下、このような本発明の着色樹脂組成物の各成分について、本発明に特徴的な前記光開始剤から順に詳細に説明する。
The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention contains a colorant, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, and a solvent, and impairs the effects of the present invention. Other components may be further contained within the range.
Hereinafter, each component of the colored resin composition of the present invention will be described in detail in order from the photoinitiator characteristic of the present invention.
[光開始剤]
<一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物>
 本発明に用いられる光開始剤は、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物を含有する。
[Photoinitiator]
<Oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1)>
The photoinitiator used for this invention contains the oxime ester compound represented by the said General formula (1).
 前記一般式(1)において、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基である。溶剤溶解性及び他の成分との相溶性の点から、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基であることが好ましい。当該アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐鎖、環状、又はこれらの組合せのアルキル基のいずれであってもよい。当該アルキル基としては、例えば、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、シクロペンチル基、メチルシクロペンチル基、シクロペンチルメチル基、シクロヘキシル基等が挙げられ、中でも、炭素数2~6のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数2~4のアルキル基であることがより好ましく、更に好ましくは炭素数2~4の直鎖アルキル基である。 In the general formula (1), R a and R b are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. From the viewpoint of solvent solubility and compatibility with other components, R a and R b are preferably each independently an alkyl group. The alkyl group may be any of linear, branched, cyclic, or a combination thereof. Examples of the alkyl group include ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, n-pentyl group, isopentyl group, n-hexyl group, cyclopentyl group, and methylcyclopentyl. Group, a cyclopentylmethyl group, a cyclohexyl group, etc. Among them, an alkyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a carbon number of 2 is more preferable. 4 to 4 linear alkyl groups.
 前記一般式(1)において、Rは、チオエーテル結合(-S-)、エーテル結合(-O-)及びカルボニル結合(-CO-)から選択される少なくとも1種の2価の連結基を含んでいてもよい炭化水素基である。
 前記Rにおける炭化水素基としては、例えば、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アラルキル基等が挙げられる。前記アルキル基は直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれであってもよく、直鎖状と環状の組み合わせであっても良い。前記アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-オクチル基、n-デシル基、n-ドデシル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロペンチルメチル基、シクロヘキシルメチル基、シクロペンチルエチル基、シクロヘキシルエチル基、ボルニル基、イソボルニル基、ジシクロペンタニル基、アダマンチル基、低級アルキル基置換アダマンチル基などを挙げることができる。前記アルケニル基は直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれであってもよく、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、プロペニル基などを挙げることができる。前記アリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、ナフチル基、トリル基、キシリル基などを挙げることができる。前記アラルキル基としては、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基、ナフチルエチル基などを挙げることができる。Rにおける炭化水素基としては、中でも炭素数1~14の炭化水素基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、炭素数7~8のアラルキル基、及び炭素数6~10のアリール基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基がより更に好ましい。また、Rにおける炭化水素基は、炭素数が2以上であると、着色層に微小孔を形成する場合に、微小孔の形状を向上する点から好ましい。また、Rにおける炭化水素基は、シクロペンチルメチル基、シクロヘキシルメチル基等の環状及び直鎖状アルキル基を含む構造であると、溶剤溶解性や相溶性の点から好ましい。
 また、前記Rにおいては、前記炭化水素基が前記2価の連結基を含むことにより、溶剤溶解性や相溶性を向上することができる。前記2価の連結基としては、中でも、溶剤溶解性を向上する点から、チオエーテル結合(-S-)、又はエーテル結合(-O-)であることが好ましい。前記Rにおいて、前記炭化水素基が前記2価の連結基を含む場合は、前記2価の連結基を介して前記炭化水素基がオキシムエステル基の炭素原子と結合していてもよいし、前記炭化水素基の炭素原子がオキシムエステル基の炭素原子と直接結合していてもよい。前記Rにおいて、前記炭化水素基が前記2価の連結基を含み、且つ前記炭化水素基の炭素原子がオキシムエステル基の炭素原子と直接結合する場合としては、例えば、前記Rが、炭化水素基同士を前記2価の連結基で結合した基である場合が挙げられる。炭化水素基同士を前記2価の連結基で結合した基としては、例えば、メチルチオメチル基などのアルキルチオアルキル基、アリールチオアルキル基等のチオエーテル結合(-S-)を含む構造;メトキシメチル基、メトキシシクロへキシル基、アルコキシアルキル基、アリールオキシアルキル基等のエーテル結合(-O-)を含む構造;アセチルメチル基、ベンゾイルメチル基、アシルアルキル基等のカルボニル結合(-CO-)を含む構造;等が挙げられる。
In the general formula (1), R c includes at least one divalent linking group selected from a thioether bond (—S—), an ether bond (—O—), and a carbonyl bond (—CO—). It may be a hydrocarbon group.
Examples of the hydrocarbon group for R c include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, and an aralkyl group. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and may be a combination of linear and cyclic. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, and n-dodecyl. Group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cyclopentylmethyl group, cyclohexylmethyl group, cyclopentylethyl group, cyclohexylethyl group, bornyl group, isobornyl group, dicyclopentanyl group, adamantyl group, lower alkyl group-substituted adamantyl group, etc. it can. The alkenyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and examples thereof include a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a propenyl group. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a tolyl group, and a xylyl group. Examples of the aralkyl group include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, and a naphthylethyl group. As the hydrocarbon group for R c, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group having 7 to 8 carbon atoms, and a carbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. An aryl group is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is still more preferable. Further, the hydrocarbon group in R c is preferably 2 or more carbon atoms from the viewpoint of improving the shape of the micropore when forming the micropore in the colored layer. In addition, the hydrocarbon group in R c is preferably a structure containing cyclic and linear alkyl groups such as a cyclopentylmethyl group and a cyclohexylmethyl group from the viewpoint of solvent solubility and compatibility.
Moreover, in said Rc , when the said hydrocarbon group contains the said bivalent coupling group, solvent solubility and compatibility can be improved. In particular, the divalent linking group is preferably a thioether bond (—S—) or an ether bond (—O—) from the viewpoint of improving solvent solubility. In Rc , when the hydrocarbon group includes the divalent linking group, the hydrocarbon group may be bonded to a carbon atom of the oxime ester group via the divalent linking group, The carbon atom of the hydrocarbon group may be directly bonded to the carbon atom of the oxime ester group. In R c , when the hydrocarbon group includes the divalent linking group and the carbon atom of the hydrocarbon group is directly bonded to the carbon atom of the oxime ester group, for example, the R c may be carbonized. The case where it is the group which couple | bonded hydrogen groups with the said bivalent coupling group is mentioned. Examples of the group in which hydrocarbon groups are bonded to each other through the divalent linking group include, for example, a structure containing a thioether bond (—S—) such as an alkylthioalkyl group such as a methylthiomethyl group or an arylthioalkyl group; A structure containing an ether bond (—O—) such as a methoxycyclohexyl group, an alkoxyalkyl group or an aryloxyalkyl group; a structure containing a carbonyl bond (—CO—) such as an acetylmethyl group, a benzoylmethyl group or an acylalkyl group And the like.
 前記一般式(1)において、Zは、水素原子又は-(C=O)Rであり、Rは酸素原子及び硫黄原子から選択される少なくとも1種を含んでいてもよい炭化水素基、又は、窒素原子を含まず、酸素原子及び硫黄原子から選択される少なくとも1種を含む複素環基である。
 前記Rにおける酸素原子及び硫黄原子から選択される少なくとも1種を含んでいてもよい炭化水素基としては、例えば、前記Rで説明した炭化水素基、前記Rで説明した炭化水素基が、エーテル結合(-O-)、カルボニル結合(-CO-)等の酸素原子を含む連結基及びチオエーテル結合(-S-)等の硫黄原子を含む連結基から選択される少なくとも1種の連結基を更に含んだ基が挙げられ、中でも炭素数1~14の炭化水素基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、炭素数7~8のアラルキル基、及び炭素数6~10のアリール基がより好ましく、炭素数6~10のアリール基がより更に好ましい。
 また、窒素原子を含まず、酸素原子及び硫黄原子から選択される少なくとも1種を含む複素環基における複素環としては、例えば、フラン環、ベンゾフラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、チエノチオフェン環、フロフラン環、チエノフラン環などが挙げられる。前記Rにおける前記炭化水素基又は前記複素環基は、現像性の点から、炭素数1~10であることが好ましい。
 前記Zは、中でも、現像性及び輝度の観点からは、水素原子であることが好ましい。一方で、前記Zが-(C=O)Rであることにより、溶剤溶解性や相溶性を向上することができる。
In the general formula (1), Z is a hydrogen atom or — (C═O) R d , and R d is a hydrocarbon group that may contain at least one selected from an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, Or it is a heterocyclic group which does not contain a nitrogen atom but contains at least 1 sort (s) selected from an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom.
The at least one kind of which may contain a hydrocarbon group selected from an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom in the R d, for example, a hydrocarbon group described for R c, a hydrocarbon group described for R c At least one linking group selected from a linking group containing an oxygen atom such as an ether bond (—O—) or a carbonyl bond (—CO—) and a linking group containing a sulfur atom such as a thioether bond (—S—) In particular, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group having 7 to 8 carbon atoms, and a carbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. An aryl group is more preferred, and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is still more preferred.
Examples of the heterocyclic ring in the heterocyclic group that does not include a nitrogen atom and includes at least one selected from an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom include, for example, a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a thienothiophene ring, Examples include a furofuran ring and a thienofuran ring. The hydrocarbon group or the heterocyclic group in R d preferably has 1 to 10 carbons from the viewpoint of developability.
Above all, Z is preferably a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of developability and brightness. On the other hand, when Z is — (C═O) R d , solvent solubility and compatibility can be improved.
 前記一般式(1)において、Rは、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基である。炭素数1~10の炭化水素基としては、例えば、前記Rで説明した炭化水素基のうち、炭素数1~10のものが挙げられる。前記Rは、中でも感度が向上する点から、炭素数1~10のアルキル基及び炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基がより更に好ましく、メチル基であることが特に好ましい。 In the general formula (1), R e is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms include those having 1 to 10 carbon atoms among the hydrocarbon groups described in the above R c . The R e is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity. Are more preferable, and a methyl group is particularly preferable.
 前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物の分子量は、特に限定はされないが、光開始剤の含有量の低減の点から、1,000以下であることが好ましく、更に800以下であることが好ましい。 The molecular weight of the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1,000 or less and more preferably 800 or less from the viewpoint of reducing the content of the photoinitiator. It is preferable.
 前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物としては、例えば、R及びRが共に炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、Rが炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、Zが水素原子であり、Rが炭素数1~4のアルキル基である化合物;R及びRが共に炭素数1~6のアルキル基であり、Rが直鎖状アルキル基と環状アルキル基とを組み合わせた炭素数4~10のアルキル基であり、Zが水素原子であり、Rが炭素数1~4のアルキル基である化合物;R及びRが共に水素原子又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、Rが炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、Zが-(C=O)Rであり、Rが炭素数6~10のアリール基であり、Rが炭素数1~4のアルキル基である化合物;等が好適なものとして挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Examples of the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) include that R a and R b are both alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R c is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, A compound in which Z is a hydrogen atom and R e is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; R a and R b are both alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and R c is a linear alkyl group and cyclic A compound having 4 to 10 carbon atoms in combination with an alkyl group, Z is a hydrogen atom, and R e is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; both R a and R b are hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, R c is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, Z is — (C═O) R d , and R d is an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. , R e compound is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; mentioned as preferred are such It is, but not limited thereto.
 前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物としては、下記化合物(1-1)~(1-4)から選ばれる少なくとも一種がより好適なものとして挙げられる。 As the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1), at least one selected from the following compounds (1-1) to (1-4) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物は、例えば、特表2012―526185号公報を参照し、ジフェニルスルフィド又はその誘導体に代えて、フルオレン又はその誘導体を用い、使用する材料に応じて溶剤、反応温度、反応時間、精製方法等を適宜選択することにより、合成できる。 The oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) refers to, for example, JP-T-2012-526185, and uses fluorene or a derivative thereof instead of diphenyl sulfide or a derivative thereof, depending on the material used. It can be synthesized by appropriately selecting the solvent, reaction temperature, reaction time, purification method and the like.
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物は、前記光開始剤が、カルバゾール骨格を有しないオキシムエステル化合物を2種以上含むことが、輝度を向上した着色層を形成可能であり、感度が良好で、パターン形成の際の線幅の調整が容易な点から好ましい。カルバゾール骨格を有しないオキシムエステル化合物は、反応残基が着色原因になり難いため、着色層の輝度の低下を抑制することができる。また、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物を含み、感度の異なる2種以上のオキシムエステル化合物を適宜選択して組み合わせることにより、良好な感度を維持しつつ、パターン形成の際の線幅を調整することができる。本発明の着色樹脂組成物がカルバゾール骨格を有しないオキシムエステル化合物を2種以上含む場合、少なくとも1種以上の前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物を含めばよく、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物を2種以上含んでもよいし、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物と、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物とは異なるカルバゾール骨格を有しないオキシムエステル化合物を組み合わせて含んでもよい。 In the colored resin composition of the present invention, when the photoinitiator contains two or more oxime ester compounds having no carbazole skeleton, it is possible to form a colored layer with improved brightness, good sensitivity, and pattern formation. This is preferable from the viewpoint of easy adjustment of the line width. An oxime ester compound that does not have a carbazole skeleton can suppress a reduction in luminance of the colored layer because the reaction residue is unlikely to cause coloration. In addition, it includes an oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1), and by appropriately selecting and combining two or more oxime ester compounds having different sensitivities, while maintaining good sensitivity, The line width can be adjusted. When the colored resin composition of the present invention contains two or more oxime ester compounds having no carbazole skeleton, it is sufficient to include at least one oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1). The oxime ester compound represented by 1) may contain two or more oxime ester compounds represented by the general formula (1), and the carbazole different from the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) A combination of oxime ester compounds having no skeleton may also be included.
 中でも、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物と、ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシムエステル化合物とを組み合わせて用いることが、輝度、現像性、及び感度を大きく低下させることなく、微小孔の形状を向上しやすい点から好ましい。
 ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシムエステル化合物としては、例えば下記一般式(2)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物を好適に用いることができる。
Among them, the combination of the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) and the oxime ester compound having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton can be used without reducing the brightness, developability, and sensitivity significantly. This is preferable because the shape can be easily improved.
As the oxime ester compound having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton, for example, an oxime ester compound represented by the following general formula (2) can be preferably used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
(一般式(2)において、Rc’及びRは、それぞれ独立に、チオエーテル結合(-S-)、エーテル結合(-O-)及びカルボニル結合(-CO-)から選択される少なくとも1種の2価の連結基を含んでいてもよい炭素数1~14の炭化水素基であり、Zは、水素原子、ニトロ基又は-(C=O)Rd’であり、Rd’は酸素原子及び硫黄原子から選択される少なくとも1種を含んでいてもよい炭化水素基、又は、窒素原子を含まず、酸素原子及び硫黄原子から選択される少なくとも1種を含む複素環基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
(In the general formula (2), R c ′ and R f are each independently at least one selected from a thioether bond (—S—), an ether bond (—O—), and a carbonyl bond (—CO—)). And a divalent linking group of 1 to 14 carbon atoms, Z 1 is a hydrogen atom, a nitro group or — (C═O) R d ′ , and R d ′ is It is a hydrocarbon group that may contain at least one selected from an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, or a heterocyclic group that does not contain a nitrogen atom and contains at least one selected from an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom. )
 前記一般式(2)におけるRc’及びRのチオエーテル結合(-S-)、エーテル結合(-O-)及びカルボニル結合(-CO-)から選択される少なくとも1種の2価の連結基を含んでいてもよい炭素数1~14の炭化水素基としては、例えば、前記一般式(1)のRにおけるチオエーテル結合(-S-)、エーテル結合(-O-)及びカルボニル結合(-CO-)から選択される少なくとも1種の2価の連結基を含んでいてもよい炭化水素基のうち、炭素数1~14のものと同様のものが挙げられる。前記一般式(2)におけるRc’としては、前記一般式(1)のRとして好ましく用いられるものを、同様に好ましく用いることができる。前記一般式(2)におけるRとしては、中でも感度が向上する点から、炭素数1~10のアルキル基及び炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基がより更に好ましく、メチル基であることが特に好ましい。
 前記一般式(2)におけるZは、水素原子、ニトロ基又は-(C=O)Rd’であり、Rd’は酸素原子及び硫黄原子から選択される少なくとも1種を含んでいてもよい炭化水素基、又は、窒素原子を含まず、酸素原子及び硫黄原子から選択される少なくとも1種を含む複素環基であり、当該Rd’としては、例えば、前記一般式(1)におけるRと同様のものが挙げられる。前記Zは、中でも、現像性及び輝度の観点から、水素原子又は-(C=O)Rd’であることが好ましく、輝度の点からは水素原子であることがより好ましい。
At least one divalent linking group selected from a thioether bond (—S—), an ether bond (—O—), and a carbonyl bond (—CO—) of R c ′ and R f in the general formula (2). Examples of the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms which may contain thioether bond (—S—), ether bond (—O—) and carbonyl bond (—) in R c of the general formula (1) Among the hydrocarbon groups that may contain at least one divalent linking group selected from CO-), the same as those having 1 to 14 carbon atoms are exemplified. As R c ′ in the general formula (2), those preferably used as R c in the general formula (1) can be preferably used as well. R f in the general formula (2) is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity. An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a methyl group is particularly preferable.
Z 1 in the general formula (2) is a hydrogen atom, a nitro group, or — (C═O) R d ′ , and R d ′ may include at least one selected from an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom. A good hydrocarbon group or a heterocyclic group not containing a nitrogen atom and containing at least one selected from an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom. Examples of R d ′ include R in the general formula (1) The thing similar to d is mentioned. Above all, Z 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or — (C═O) R d ′ from the viewpoint of developability and luminance, and more preferably a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of luminance.
 前記一般式(2)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物の分子量は、特に限定はされないが、光開始剤の含有量の低減の点から、1,000以下であることが好ましく、更に800以下であることが好ましい。 The molecular weight of the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (2) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1,000 or less, and more preferably 800 or less from the viewpoint of reducing the content of the photoinitiator. It is preferable.
 前記一般式(2)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物としては、例えば、Rc’が直鎖状アルキル基と環状アルキル基とを組み合わせた炭素数6~10のアルキル基であり、Zが水素原子であり、Rが炭素数1~4のアルキル基である化合物;Rc’が直鎖状アルキル基と環状アルキル基とを組み合わせた炭素数6~10のアルキル基であり、Zが-(C=O)Rd’であって、当該Rd’が窒素原子を含まず、硫黄原子を含む複素環基であり、Rが炭素数1~4のアルキル基である化合物;等が好適なものとして挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 As the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (2), for example, R c ′ is an alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms in which a linear alkyl group and a cyclic alkyl group are combined, and Z 1 is hydrogen. a atom, and R f is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; R c 'is a linear alkyl group and the alkyl group of which the cyclic alkyl group and having 6 to 10 carbon atoms combining, Z 1 is — (C═O) R d ′ , wherein R d ′ does not contain a nitrogen atom, is a heterocyclic group containing a sulfur atom, and R f is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; etc. However, it is not limited to these.
 前記一般式(2)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物としては、下記化合物(2-1)~(2-2)から選ばれる少なくとも一種がより好適なものとして挙げられる。 As the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (2), at least one selected from the following compounds (2-1) to (2-2) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 前記一般式(2)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物は、例えば、特表2012―526185号公報を参照して合成できる。 The oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (2) can be synthesized with reference to, for example, JP-T-2012-526185.
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、光開始剤として、上述したオキシムエステル化合物とは異なるその他の光開始剤を更に組み合わせて用いてもよい。なお、本発明の着色樹脂組成物に用いられる光開始剤には、光重合開始剤の他に連鎖移動剤が含まれる。 The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention may be used in combination with another photoinitiator different from the oxime ester compound described above as a photoinitiator. The photoinitiator used in the colored resin composition of the present invention includes a chain transfer agent in addition to the photopolymerization initiator.
<その他の光開始剤>
 その他の光開始剤としては、例えば、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物を包含するカルバゾール骨格を有しないオキシムエステル化合物とは異なるオキシムエステル系光開始剤、α-アミノケトン系光開始剤、ビイミダゾール系光開始剤、チオキサントン系光開始剤、アシルフォスフィンオキサイド系光開始剤、及びメルカプト系連鎖移動剤等が挙げられる。
 中でも、より輝度を向上しつつ、細線パターンを形成する際に、直線性がより向上したり、マスク線幅の設計通りに細線パターンを形成する能力が向上する点、及び微小孔の形状を向上する点から、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物に、α-アミノケトン系光開始剤、ビイミダゾール系光開始剤、チオキサントン系光開始剤、アシルフォスフィンオキサイド系光開始剤、及びメルカプト系連鎖移動剤から選ばれる少なくとも1種を更に組み合わせて用いることが好ましい。中でも、アシルフォスフィンオキサイド系光開始剤を更に組み合わせて用いることが、微小孔を形成する際に、孔の端部のビリツキが抑制されて寸法精度が良好な微小孔を形成し易い点から好ましい。アシルフォスフィンオキサイド系光開始剤は他の開始剤と比較して熱分解温度が高いため、プリベーク時の加熱による副反応が起こりにくいことにより、ビリツキが抑制されると考えられる。
 「直線性が向上する」とは、着色組成物を塗布した後の現像工程において形成される着色層の端部の凹凸が少なく、直線状または略直線状に形成されることをいう。また、「ビリツキ」とは、パターン端部の直線乃至曲線が不均一となって寸法精度が悪化する不具合をいう。
<Other photoinitiators>
Other photoinitiators include, for example, oxime ester photoinitiators different from oxime ester compounds having no carbazole skeleton including the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1), α-aminoketone photoinitiators Agents, biimidazole photoinitiators, thioxanthone photoinitiators, acylphosphine oxide photoinitiators, and mercapto chain transfer agents.
Above all, while improving brightness, when forming a fine line pattern, the linearity is further improved, the ability to form a fine line pattern as designed for the mask line width is improved, and the shape of the micro hole is improved In view of the above, to the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1), an α-aminoketone photoinitiator, a biimidazole photoinitiator, a thioxanthone photoinitiator, an acylphosphine oxide photoinitiator, and It is preferable to use a combination of at least one selected from mercapto chain transfer agents. Among them, it is preferable to use an acylphosphine oxide photoinitiator in combination because it is easy to form micropores with excellent dimensional accuracy by suppressing the wobble at the end of the pores when forming micropores. . Since acylphosphine oxide photoinitiators have a higher thermal decomposition temperature than other initiators, side reactions due to heating during pre-baking are unlikely to occur, and therefore, it is considered that billiness is suppressed.
“Improved linearity” means that the end of the colored layer formed in the development step after applying the colored composition has few irregularities and is linear or substantially linear. Further, the “billing” refers to a problem that the dimensional accuracy is deteriorated due to non-uniformity of straight lines or curves at the pattern end.
 また、微小孔の形状を向上し、ビリツキを抑制する点からは、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物に、α-アミノケトン系光開始剤、ビイミダゾール系光開始剤、チオキサントン系光開始剤、アシルフォスフィンオキサイド系光開始剤、及びメルカプト系連鎖移動剤から選ばれる少なくとも1種と、前記ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシムエステル化合物とを組み合わせて用いることが好ましく、更に、後述する酸化防止剤を組み合わせて用いることがより好ましい。 In addition, from the viewpoint of improving the shape of the micropores and suppressing billiness, the α-aminoketone photoinitiator, biimidazole photoinitiator, thioxanthone series are added to the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1). It is preferable to use a combination of at least one selected from a photoinitiator, an acylphosphine oxide photoinitiator, and a mercapto chain transfer agent and the oxime ester compound having the diphenyl sulfide skeleton. It is more preferable to use a combination of inhibitors.
 α-アミノケトン系光開始剤は、塗膜表面から中間を硬化させる性質を有し、塗膜深部硬化性を抑制し易いことから、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物と組み合わせると塗膜深部硬化性を向上する傾向が高い点から好ましい。
 α-アミノケトン系光開始剤としては、例えば、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(例えばイルガキュア907、BASF社製)、2-ベンジル-2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-1-ブタノン(例えばイルガキュア369、BASF社製)、2-(ジメチルアミノ)-2-[(4-メチルフェニル)メチル]-1-[4-(4-モルホリニル)フェニル]-1-ブタノン(イルガキュア379EG、BASF社製)等が挙げられる。
 α-アミノケトン系光開始剤としては、単独で又は2種以上組み合わせて用いても良く、中でも、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン、及び、2-ベンジル-2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-1-ブタノンが、残膜率が向上する点から好ましく、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オンが、微小孔のビリツキを抑制する点からより好ましい。
Since the α-aminoketone photoinitiator has the property of curing the middle from the surface of the coating film and easily suppresses the deep film curability, when combined with the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1), It is preferable from the viewpoint of a high tendency to improve the deep film curability.
Examples of α-aminoketone photoinitiators include 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (for example, Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF), 2-benzyl-2- (Dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -1-butanone (eg Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF), 2- (dimethylamino) -2-[(4-methylphenyl) methyl] -1- [ 4- (4-morpholinyl) phenyl] -1-butanone (Irgacure 379EG, manufactured by BASF) and the like.
The α-aminoketone photoinitiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more, among which 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one, and 2-Benzyl-2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -1-butanone is preferred from the viewpoint of improving the remaining film rate, and 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2 -Morpholinopropan-1-one is more preferred from the viewpoint of suppressing micropore mottling.
 ビイミダゾール系光開始剤は、塗膜深部を硬化させるという性質を有し、塗膜表面硬化性を抑制し易く、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物と組み合わせると塗膜表面硬化性を向上する傾向が高い点から好ましい。
 ビイミダゾール系光開始剤としては、例えば、2,2’-ビス(2-クロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラキス(4-エトキシカルボニルフェニル)-1,2’-ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(2-ブロモフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラキス(4-エトキシカルボニルフェニル)-1,2’-ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(2-クロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニル-1,2’-ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(2,4-ジクロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニル-1,2’-ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(2,4,6-トリクロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニル-1,2’-ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(2-ブロモフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニル-1,2’-ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(2,4-ジブロモフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニル-1,2’-ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(2,4,6-トリブロモフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニル-1,2’-ビイミダゾール等を挙げることができる。
 ビイミダゾール系光開始剤としては、単独で又は2種以上組み合わせて用いても良く、中でも、メルカプト系連鎖移動剤と組み合わせて用いることが塗膜硬化性向上する点から好ましい。
The biimidazole photoinitiator has the property of curing the deep part of the coating film, is easy to suppress the coating film surface curability, and when combined with the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1), the coating film surface curing It is preferable because it has a high tendency to improve the property.
Examples of the biimidazole photoinitiator include 2,2′-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetrakis (4-ethoxycarbonylphenyl) -1,2′-biimidazole, 2,2'-bis (2-bromophenyl) -4,4 ', 5,5'-tetrakis (4-ethoxycarbonylphenyl) -1,2'-biimidazole, 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) ) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenyl-1,2′-biimidazole, 2,2′-bis (2,4-dichlorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenyl- 1,2′-biimidazole, 2,2′-bis (2,4,6-trichlorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenyl-1,2′-biimidazole, 2,2 ′ -Bis (2-bromophenyl) -4,4 ', 5,5'-tetraphenyl-1 2′-biimidazole, 2,2′-bis (2,4-dibromophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenyl-1,2′-biimidazole, 2,2′-bis (2 , 4,6-tribromophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenyl-1,2′-biimidazole and the like.
As a biimidazole type photoinitiator, you may use individually or in combination of 2 or more types, and it is preferable to use it in combination with a mercapto type | system | group chain transfer agent especially from the point which improves coating-film hardening property.
 チオキサントン系光開始剤としては、例えば、2,4-イソプロピルチオキサントン、2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン、1-クロロ-4-プロポキシチオキサントン、2,4-ジクロロチオキサントン等が挙げられる。
 チオキサントン系光開始剤としては、単独で又は2種以上組み合わせて用いても良く、中でも、2,4-イソプロピルチオキサントン、2,4-ジエチルチオキサントンを用いることが、ラジカル発生の転移が向上する点から好ましい。
Examples of the thioxanthone photoinitiator include 2,4-isopropylthioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 1-chloro-4-propoxythioxanthone, 2,4-dichlorothioxanthone, and the like.
The thioxanthone photoinitiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among them, 2,4-isopropylthioxanthone and 2,4-diethylthioxanthone are used because the transfer of radical generation is improved. preferable.
 アシルフォスフィンオキサイド系光開始剤は、熱による黄変が少ないという性質を有するため、輝度向上に適しているものの、一般的に感度が低く十分な硬化性が得られない場合がある。しかしながら、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物と組み合わせると全体的な塗膜硬化性を向上し、微小孔を形成する際に、孔の端部のビリツキが抑制されて寸法精度が良好な微小孔を形成し易い点から好ましい。
 アシルフォスフィンオキサイド系光開始剤としては、例えば、ベンゾイル-ジフェニルホスフィンオキサイド、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル-ジフェニルホスフィンオキサイド、2,3,5,6-テトラメチルベンゾイル-ジフェニルホスフィンオキサイド、3,4-ジメチルベンゾイル-ジフェニルホスフィンオキサイド、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル-フェニルエトキシホスフィンオキサイド、ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)-フェニルホスフィンオキサイド、ビス(2,6-ジメトキシベンゾイル)-2,4,4-トリメチル-ペンチルホスフィンオキサイド、ビス(2,6-ジメチルベンゾイル)-エチルホスフィンオキサイド等が挙げられる。
 アシルフォスフィンオキサイド系光開始剤としては、単独で又は2種以上組み合わせて用いても良く、中でも、ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)-フェニルホスフィンオキサイドを用いることが、塗膜硬化性が向上する点から好ましい。
Acylphosphine oxide photoinitiators have the property of being less susceptible to yellowing due to heat, and are therefore suitable for improving brightness, but generally have low sensitivity and may not provide sufficient curability. However, when combined with the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1), the overall coating film curability is improved, and when the micropores are formed, the irregularity at the ends of the pores is suppressed and the dimensional accuracy is improved. It is preferable from the viewpoint of forming good micropores.
Examples of the acylphosphine oxide photoinitiator include benzoyl-diphenylphosphine oxide, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenylphosphine oxide, 2,3,5,6-tetramethylbenzoyl-diphenylphosphine oxide, 3, 4-dimethylbenzoyl-diphenylphosphine oxide, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-phenylethoxyphosphine oxide, bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) -phenylphosphine oxide, bis (2,6-dimethoxybenzoyl) -2 , 4,4-trimethyl-pentylphosphine oxide, bis (2,6-dimethylbenzoyl) -ethylphosphine oxide, and the like.
The acyl phosphine oxide photoinitiator may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Among them, bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) -phenylphosphine oxide may be used for coating film curability. Is preferable from the viewpoint of improvement.
 メルカプト系連鎖移動剤は反応の遅いラジカルからラジカルを受け取り反応を早めるという性質を有し、特に、ビイミダゾール系光開始剤と組み合わせると反応速度を向上する傾向が高い点から好ましい。
 メルカプト系連鎖移動剤としては、例えば、2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾオキサゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾイミダゾール、2-メルカプト-5-メトキシベンゾチアゾール、2-メルカプト-5-メトキシベンゾイミダゾール、3-メルカプトプロピオン酸、3-メルカプトプロピオン酸メチル、3-メルカプトプロピオン酸エチル、3-メルカプトプロピオン酸オクチル、1,4-ビス(3-メルカプトブチリルオキシ)ブタン、1,3,5-トリス(3-メルカプトブチルオキシエチル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、およびテトラエチレングリコールビス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)等が挙げられる。
 メルカプト系連鎖移動剤としては、単独で又は2種以上組み合わせて用いても良く、中でも、2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾールを用いることが、反応速度が向上する点から好ましい。
A mercapto chain transfer agent has a property of receiving a radical from a slowly reacting radical and accelerates the reaction, and is particularly preferable when combined with a biimidazole photoinitiator because it tends to improve the reaction rate.
Examples of mercapto chain transfer agents include 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercapto-5-methoxybenzothiazole, 2-mercapto-5-methoxybenzimidazole, 3- Mercaptopropionic acid, methyl 3-mercaptopropionate, ethyl 3-mercaptopropionate, octyl 3-mercaptopropionate, 1,4-bis (3-mercaptobutyryloxy) butane, 1,3,5-tris (3- Mercaptobutyloxyethyl) -1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobuty Rate), pen Erythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), dipentaerythritol hexakis (3-mercaptopropionate), and tetraethylene glycol bis (3-mercaptopropionate) and the like.
The mercapto chain transfer agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more, and among them, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole is preferably used from the viewpoint of improving the reaction rate.
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において用いられる光開始剤の合計含有量は、本発明の効果が損なわれない限り特に制限はないが、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、好ましくは0.1質量%以上12.0質量%以下、さらに好ましくは1.0質量%以上8.0質量%以下の範囲内である。この含有量が上記下限値以上であると十分に光硬化が進み露光部分が現像時に溶出することを抑制し、一方上記上限値以下であると、得られる着色層の黄変性が強くなって輝度が低下することを抑制できる。
 なお、固形分とは、溶剤以外のもの全てであり、液状の多官能モノマー等も含まれる。
The total content of the photoinitiator used in the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired, but the solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter is not limited. Preferably it is 0.1 mass% or more and 12.0 mass% or less with respect to the total amount, More preferably, it exists in the range of 1.0 mass% or more and 8.0 mass% or less. When this content is not less than the above lower limit, photocuring is sufficiently advanced and the exposed portion is prevented from being eluted during development. On the other hand, if it is not more than the above upper limit, the yellowing of the resulting colored layer becomes strong and the luminance Can be suppressed.
In addition, solid content is all except a solvent, and a liquid polyfunctional monomer etc. are also contained.
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において用いられる前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物の含有量は、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、好ましくは0.1質量%以上8.0質量%以下、さらに好ましくは0.5質量%以上6.0質量%以下の範囲内である。この含有量が上記下限値以上であると十分に光硬化が進み露光部分が現像時に溶出することを抑制し、一方上記上限値以下であると、得られる着色層の黄変性が強くなって輝度が低下することを抑制できる。 The content of the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention is based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter. Preferably it is 0.1 mass% or more and 8.0 mass% or less, More preferably, it exists in the range of 0.5 mass% or more and 6.0 mass% or less. When this content is not less than the above lower limit, photocuring is sufficiently advanced and the exposed portion is prevented from being eluted during development. On the other hand, if the content is not more than the above upper limit, the yellowing of the resulting colored layer becomes strong and the luminance is reduced. Can be suppressed.
 また、本発明のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、光開始剤がカルバゾール骨格を有しないオキシムエステル化合物2種以上を含む場合、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物を包含するカルバゾール骨格を有しないオキシムエステル化合物2種以上の合計含有量は、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、0.1質量%以上12.0質量%以下、さらに好ましくは1.0質量%以上8.0質量%以下の範囲内であることが、これらの光開始剤との併用効果を十分に発揮させる点から好ましい。 Moreover, the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of this invention includes the oxime ester compound represented by the said General formula (1), when a photoinitiator contains 2 or more types of oxime ester compounds which do not have a carbazole skeleton. The total content of two or more oxime ester compounds having no carbazole skeleton is 0.1% by mass or more and 12.0% by mass or less, more preferably, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. Is preferably in the range of 1.0% by mass or more and 8.0% by mass or less from the viewpoint of sufficiently exerting the combined use effect with these photoinitiators.
 また、本発明に用いられる光開始剤として、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物に、前記ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシムエステル化合物を組み合わせる場合、前記ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシムエステル化合物の含有量は、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、好ましくは0.1質量%以上4.0質量%以下、さらに好ましくは0.3質量%以上3.0質量%以下の範囲内であることが、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物と前記ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシムエステル化合物との併用効果を十分に発揮させる点から好ましい。 Moreover, when combining the oxime ester compound which has the said diphenyl sulfide skeleton with the oxime ester compound represented by the said General formula (1) as a photoinitiator used for this invention, the oxime ester compound which has the said diphenyl sulfide skeleton of The content is preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 4.0% by mass or less, more preferably 0.3% by mass or more and 3.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. It is preferable that it is within the following range from the viewpoint of sufficiently exerting the combined effect of the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) and the oxime ester compound having the diphenyl sulfide skeleton.
 本発明に用いられる光開始剤として、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物に、前記ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシムエステル化合物を組み合わせる場合、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物と、前記ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシムエステル化合物との比率は、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物100質量部に対して、前記ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシムエステル化合物が10質量部以上150質量部以下であることが好ましく、更に15質量部以上120質量部以下であることが、輝度及び感度の点から好ましい。微小孔を形成し易くする点からは、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物100質量部に対して、前記ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシムエステル化合物が10質量部以上70質量部以下であることが好ましく、15質量部以上50質量部以下であることがより好ましい。 When combining the oxime ester compound which has the said diphenyl sulfide skeleton with the oxime ester compound represented by the said General formula (1) as a photoinitiator used for this invention, the oxime ester represented by the said General formula (1) The ratio of the compound and the oxime ester compound having the diphenyl sulfide skeleton is 10 parts by mass of the oxime ester compound having the diphenyl sulfide skeleton with respect to 100 parts by mass of the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1). The amount is preferably 150 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 15 parts by mass or more and 120 parts by mass or less from the viewpoint of luminance and sensitivity. In terms of facilitating the formation of micropores, the oxime ester compound having the diphenyl sulfide skeleton is 10 parts by mass or more and 70 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1). It is preferable that it is 15 parts by mass or more and 50 parts by mass or less.
 また、本発明のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、光開始剤が更に前記その他の光開始剤を含む場合は、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物及び前記ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシムエステル化合物の合計含有量は、本発明に用いられる光開始剤の合計100質量部中に、30質量部以上であることが好ましく、40質量部以上であることがより好ましく、50質量部以上であることが更に好ましい。
 一方で、前記その他の光開始剤との併用効果を十分に発揮させる点から、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物及び前記ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシムエステル化合物の合計含有量は、本発明に用いられる光開始剤合計100質量部中に、95質量部以下であることが好ましく、85質量部以下であることがより好ましい。
Moreover, the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of the present invention, when the photoinitiator further contains the other photoinitiator, the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) and the diphenyl sulfide skeleton The total content of the oxime ester compound having a total of 100 parts by mass of the photoinitiator used in the present invention is preferably 30 parts by mass or more, more preferably 40 parts by mass or more, and 50 parts by mass. More preferably, it is part or more.
On the other hand, the total content of the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) and the oxime ester compound having the diphenyl sulfide skeleton, from the viewpoint of sufficiently exerting the combined effect with the other photoinitiator, The total amount of the photoinitiator used in the present invention is preferably 95 parts by mass or less, more preferably 85 parts by mass or less, in a total of 100 parts by mass.
 本発明に用いられる光開始剤として、更に、α-アミノケトン系光開始剤、ビイミダゾール系光開始剤、チオキサントン系光開始剤、アシルフォスフィンオキサイド系光開始剤、及びメルカプト系連鎖移動剤から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含有する場合、これらの合計含有量は、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、0.1質量%以上4.0質量%以下、さらに0.5質量%以上2.0質量%以下の範囲内であることが、これらの光開始剤との併用効果を十分に発揮させる点から好ましい。 The photoinitiator used in the present invention is further selected from α-aminoketone photoinitiators, biimidazole photoinitiators, thioxanthone photoinitiators, acylphosphine oxide photoinitiators, and mercapto chain transfer agents. In the case of containing at least one selected from the above, the total content thereof is 0.1% by mass or more and 4.0% by mass or less, and further 0.5% with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter. It is preferable that it is in the range of not less than 2.0% by mass and not more than 2.0% by mass in order to sufficiently exhibit the combined effect with these photoinitiators.
[色材]
 本発明において、色材は、カラーフィルタの着色層を形成した際に所望の発色が可能なものであればよく、特に限定されず、種々の有機顔料、無機顔料、分散可能な染料、及び染料を、単独で又は2種以上混合して用いることができる。中でも有機顔料は、発色性が高く、耐熱性も高いので、好ましく用いられる。有機顔料としては、例えばカラーインデックス(C.I.;The Society of Dyers and Colourists 社発行)においてピグメント(Pigment)に分類されている化合物、具体的には、下記のようなカラーインデックス(C.I.)番号が付されているものを挙げることができる。
 なお、以下においてカラーインデックス名を記載する場合、カラーインデックス名のうち番号のみが異なるものを列挙するときは、当該番号のみを列挙する場合がある。
[Color material]
In the present invention, the color material is not particularly limited as long as it can form a desired color when a colored layer of a color filter is formed. Various organic pigments, inorganic pigments, dispersible dyes, and dyes are not particularly limited. Can be used alone or in admixture of two or more. Among these, organic pigments are preferably used because they have high color developability and high heat resistance. Examples of the organic pigment include compounds classified as pigments in the Color Index (CI; issued by The Society of Dyers and Colorists), specifically, the following color index (C.I. .) Can be listed with numbers.
In the following description, when color index names are described, when only color index names having different numbers are listed, only the numbers may be listed.
 C.I.ピグメントイエロー1、3、12、13、14、15、16、17、20、24、31、55、60、61、65、71、73、74、81、83、93、95、97、98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、116、117、119、120、126、127、128、129、138、139、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、166、168、175、185;
 C.I.ピグメントオレンジ1、5、13、14、16、17、24、34、36、38、40、43、46、49、51、61、63、64、71、73;
 C.I.ピグメントバイオレット1、19、23、29、32、36、38;
 C.I.ピグメントレッド1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、12、14、15、16、17、18、19、21、22、23、30、31、32、37、38、40、41、42、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、49:1、49:2、50:1、52:1、53:1、57、57:1、57:2、58:2、58:4、60:1、63:1、63:2、64:1、81:1、83、88、90:1、97、101、102、104、105、106、108、112、113、114、122、123、144、146、149、150、151、166、168、170、171、172、174、175、176、177、178、179、180、185、187、188、190、193、194、202、206、207、208、209、215、216、220、224、226、242、243、245、254、255、264、265;
 C.I.ピグメントブルー15、15:3、15:4、15:6、60;
 C.I.ピグメントグリーン7、36、58、59;
 C.I.ピグメントブラウン23、25;
 C.I.ピグメントブラック1、7。
C. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 3, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 55, 60, 61, 65, 71, 73, 74, 81, 83, 93, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 116, 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 128, 129, 138, 139, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 166, 168, 175, 185;
C. I. Pigment Orange 1, 5, 13, 14, 16, 17, 24, 34, 36, 38, 40, 43, 46, 49, 51, 61, 63, 64, 71, 73;
C. I. Pigment violet 1, 19, 23, 29, 32, 36, 38;
C. I. Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, 23, 30, 31, 32, 37, 38, 40, 41, 42, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4, 49: 1, 49: 2, 50: 1, 52: 1, 53: 1, 57, 57: 1, 57: 2, 58: 2, 58: 4, 60: 1, 63: 1, 63: 2, 64: 1, 81: 1, 83, 88, 90: 1, 97, 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 108, 112, 113, 114, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 151, 166, 168, 170, 171, 172, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 185, 187, 188, 190, 193, 194, 202, 06,207,208,209,215,216,220,224,226,242,243,245,254,255,264,265;
C. I. Pigment blue 15, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 60;
C. I. Pigment green 7, 36, 58, 59;
C. I. Pigment brown 23, 25;
C. I. Pigment Black 1 and 7.
 また、前記無機顔料の具体例としては、酸化チタン、硫酸バリウム、炭酸カルシウム、亜鉛華、硫酸鉛、黄色鉛、亜鉛黄、べんがら(赤色酸化鉄(III))、カドミウム赤、群青、紺青、酸化クロム緑、コバルト緑、アンバー、チタンブラック、合成鉄黒、カーボンブラック等を挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the inorganic pigment include titanium oxide, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, zinc white, lead sulfate, yellow lead, zinc yellow, red bean (red iron oxide (III)), cadmium red, ultramarine blue, bitumen, and oxidation. Examples thereof include chrome green, cobalt green, amber, titanium black, synthetic iron black, and carbon black.
 例えば、カラーフィルタの基板上に、本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を用いて遮光層のパターンを形成する場合には、インク中に遮光性の高い黒色顔料を配合する。遮光性の高い黒色顔料としては、例えば、カーボンブラックや四三酸化鉄などの無機顔料、或いは、シアニンブラックなどの有機顔料を使用できる。 For example, when forming the pattern of the light shielding layer on the substrate of the color filter using the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention, a black pigment having a high light shielding property is blended in the ink. As the black pigment having a high light shielding property, for example, an inorganic pigment such as carbon black or iron trioxide or an organic pigment such as cyanine black can be used.
 上記分散可能な染料としては、染料に各種置換基を付与して溶剤に不溶化することにより分散可能となった染料や、溶解度の低い溶剤と組み合わせて用いることにより分散可能となった染料や、溶剤に可溶性の染料をカウンターイオンと塩形成して不溶化(レーキ化)したレーキ色材が挙げられる。このような分散可能な染料と、分散剤とを組み合わせて用いることにより当該染料の分散性や分散安定性を向上することができる。
 なお、目安として、10gの溶剤(又は混合溶剤)に対して染料の溶解量が100mg以下であれば、当該溶剤(又は混合溶剤)において、当該染料が分散可能であると判定することができる。
Examples of the dispersible dye include dyes that can be dispersed by adding various substituents to the dye and insolubilizing the solvent, dyes that can be dispersed by using in combination with a solvent having low solubility, and solvents And a lake color material obtained by forming a salt with a counter ion to form an insoluble (rake) salt. By using a combination of such a dispersible dye and a dispersant, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the dye can be improved.
As a guide, if the amount of dye dissolved in 10 g of solvent (or mixed solvent) is 100 mg or less, it can be determined that the dye can be dispersed in the solvent (or mixed solvent).
 前記染料としては、従来公知の染料の中から適宜選択することができる。このような染料としては、例えば、アゾ染料、金属錯塩アゾ染料、アントラキノン染料、トリフェニルメタン染料、キサンテン染料、シアニン染料、ナフトキノン染料、キノンイミン染料、メチン染料、フタロシアニン染料などを挙げることができる。具体的には例えば、C.I.ソルベントイエロー4、14、15、24、82、88、94、98、162、179;
C.I.ソルベントレッド45、49;
C.I.ソルベントオレンジ2、7、11、15、26、56;
C.I.ソルベントブルー35、37、59、67;
C.I.アシッドレッド50、52、289;
C.I.アシッドバイオレット9、30;
C.I.アシッドブルー19;等を挙げることができる。
The dye can be appropriately selected from conventionally known dyes. Examples of such dyes include azo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, cyanine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, and phthalocyanine dyes. Specifically, for example, C.I. I. Solvent Yellow 4, 14, 15, 24, 82, 88, 94, 98, 162, 179;
C. I. Solvent Red 45, 49;
C. I. Solvent Orange 2, 7, 11, 15, 26, 56;
C. I. Solvent Blue 35, 37, 59, 67;
C. I. Acid Red 50, 52, 289;
C. I. Acid Violet 9, 30;
C. I. Acid Blue 19;
 青色着色層を形成する場合には、高輝度化の点から、中でも、トリアリールメタン系染料、キサンテン系染料、及びシアニン系染料の少なくとも1種が好ましく、耐熱性が高い点から、中でも、トリアリールメタン系染料及びキサンテン系染料から選ばれる少なくとも1種が好ましい。
 本発明においては、カラーフィルタの輝度を向上できる点から、トリアリールメタン系染料を有するレーキ色材を含むことが好ましく、中でも、トリアリールメタン系塩基性染料と、ポリ酸アニオンとを含むことが好ましい。
In the case of forming a blue colored layer, at least one of triarylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, and cyanine dyes is preferable from the viewpoint of increasing the brightness, and from the viewpoint of high heat resistance, triatrimethane dyes are particularly preferable. At least one selected from a reel methane dye and a xanthene dye is preferable.
In the present invention, from the viewpoint of improving the brightness of the color filter, it is preferable to include a lake color material having a triarylmethane dye, and among these, a triarylmethane basic dye and a polyacid anion are included. preferable.
 本発明において、前記レーキ色材は、耐熱性及び耐光性に優れ、カラーフィルタの高輝度化を達成する点から、中でも、下記一般式(i)で表される色材であることが、分子会合状態を形成しており、より優れた耐熱性を示す点で好ましい。 In the present invention, the rake colorant is excellent in heat resistance and light resistance, and achieves high brightness of the color filter. Among these, the rake colorant is a colorant represented by the following general formula (i). An association state is formed, which is preferable in that it exhibits superior heat resistance.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(一般式(i)中、Aは、Nと直接結合する炭素原子がπ結合を有しないa価の有機基であって、当該有機基は、少なくともNと直接結合する末端に飽和脂肪族炭化水素基を有する脂肪族炭化水素基、又は当該脂肪族炭化水素基を有する芳香族基を表し、炭素鎖中にO、S、Nが含まれていてもよい。Bc-はc価のポリ酸アニオンを表す。R~Rは各々独立に水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基又は置換基を有していてもよいアリール基を表し、RiiとRiii、RivとRが結合して環構造を形成してもよい。Arは置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族基を表す。複数あるR~R及びArはそれぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 a及びcは2以上の整数、b及びdは1以上の整数を表す。eは0又は1であり、eが0のとき結合は存在しない。複数あるeは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(In general formula (i), A is an a-valent organic group in which the carbon atom directly bonded to N does not have a π bond, and the organic group is saturated aliphatic carbonized at least at the terminal directly bonded to N. Represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a hydrogen group or an aromatic group having the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and may contain O, S and N in the carbon chain, and B c- represents a polyvalent polyvalent R i to R v each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group or an optionally substituted aryl group, R ii and R iii , R good .Ar 1 be iv and R v are bonded to form a ring structure represents a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent. plural R i ~ R v and Ar 1 each They may be the same or different.
a and c represent an integer of 2 or more, and b and d represent an integer of 1 or more. e is 0 or 1, and when e is 0, there is no bond. A plurality of e may be the same or different. )
 前記一般式(i)で表される色材のカチオン部は、国際公開第2012/144521号公報に記載の一般式(i)で表される色材のカチオン部と同様であってよい。
 前記一般式(i)におけるAは、N(窒素原子)と直接結合する炭素原子がπ結合を有しないa価の有機基であって、当該有機基は、少なくともNと直接結合する末端に飽和脂肪族炭化水素基を有する脂肪族炭化水素基、又は当該脂肪族炭化水素基を有する芳香族基を表し、炭素鎖中にO(酸素原子)、S(硫黄原子)、N(窒素原子)が含まれていてもよいものである。Nと直接結合する炭素原子がπ結合を有しないため、カチオン性の発色部位が有する色調や透過率等の色特性は、連結基Aや他の発色部位の影響を受けず、単量体と同様の色を保持することができる。
 Aにおいて、少なくともNと直接結合する末端に飽和脂肪族炭化水素基を有する脂肪族炭化水素基は、Nと直接結合する末端の炭素原子がπ結合を有しなければ、直鎖、分岐又は環状のいずれであってもよく、末端以外の炭素原子が不飽和結合を有していてもよく、置換基を有していてもよく、炭素鎖中に、O、S、Nが含まれていてもよい。例えば、カルボニル基、カルボキシ基、オキシカルボニル基、アミド基等が含まれていてもよく、水素原子が更にハロゲン原子等に置換されていてもよい。
 また、Aにおいて上記脂肪族炭化水素基を有する芳香族基は、少なくともNと直接結合する末端に飽和脂肪族炭化水素基を有する脂肪族炭化水素基を有する、単環又は多環芳香族基が挙げられ、置換基を有していてもよく、O、S、Nが含まれる複素環であってもよい。
 中でも、骨格の堅牢性の点から、Aは、環状の脂肪族炭化水素基又は芳香族基を含むことが好ましい。
 環状の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、中でも、有橋脂環式炭化水素基が、骨格の堅牢性の点から好ましい。有橋脂環式炭化水素基とは、脂肪族環内に橋かけ構造を有し、多環構造を有する多環状脂肪族炭化水素基をいい、例えば、ノルボルナン、ビシクロ[2,2,2]オクタン、ジシクロペンタジエン、アダマンタン等が挙げられる。有橋脂環式炭化水素基の中でも、ノルボルナンが好ましい。また、芳香族基としては、例えば、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環を含む基が挙げられ、中でも、ベンゼン環を含む基が好ましい。
 原料入手の容易さの観点からAは2価以上4価以下が好ましく、2価以上3価以下が好ましく、更に2価が好ましい。例えば、Aが2価の有機基の場合、炭素数1以上20以下の直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキレン基や、キシリレン基等の炭素数1以上20以下のアルキレン基を2個置換した芳香族基等が挙げられる。
The cation part of the color material represented by the general formula (i) may be the same as the cation part of the color material represented by the general formula (i) described in International Publication No. 2012/144521.
A in the general formula (i) is an a-valent organic group in which the carbon atom directly bonded to N (nitrogen atom) does not have a π bond, and the organic group is saturated at least at the terminal directly bonded to N. An aliphatic hydrocarbon group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic group having the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is represented, and O (oxygen atom), S (sulfur atom), and N (nitrogen atom) are present in the carbon chain. It may be included. Since the carbon atom directly bonded to N does not have a π bond, the color characteristics such as the color tone and transmittance of the cationic coloring portion are not affected by the linking group A and other coloring portions, Similar colors can be retained.
In A, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group at the terminal directly bonded to N is linear, branched or cyclic unless the terminal carbon atom directly bonded to N has a π bond. The carbon atom other than the terminal may have an unsaturated bond, may have a substituent, and the carbon chain contains O, S, and N. Also good. For example, a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, an oxycarbonyl group, an amide group or the like may be contained, and a hydrogen atom may be further substituted with a halogen atom or the like.
The aromatic group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group in A is a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group at the terminal directly bonded to N. And may have a substituent, and may be a heterocyclic ring containing O, S, and N.
Especially, it is preferable that A contains a cyclic | annular aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic group from the point of the robustness of frame | skeleton.
Among the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, a bridged alicyclic hydrocarbon group is preferable from the viewpoint of skeleton fastness. The bridged alicyclic hydrocarbon group means a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a bridged structure in the aliphatic ring and having a polycyclic structure, for example, norbornane, bicyclo [2,2,2]. Examples include octane, dicyclopentadiene and adamantane. Among the bridged alicyclic hydrocarbon groups, norbornane is preferable. Moreover, as an aromatic group, the group containing a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring is mentioned, for example, Among these, the group containing a benzene ring is preferable.
From the viewpoint of easy availability of raw materials, A is preferably divalent to tetravalent, preferably divalent to trivalent, and more preferably divalent. For example, when A is a divalent organic group, an aromatic group in which two alkylene groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a xylylene group are substituted. Family groups and the like.
 R~Rにおけるアルキル基は、特に限定されない。例えば、炭素数1以上20以下の直鎖又は分岐状アルキル基等が挙げられ、中でも、炭素数が1以上8以下の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数が1以上5以下の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基であることが、製造及び原料調達の容易さの点から、より好ましい。中でも、R~Rにおけるアルキル基がエチル基又はメチル基であることが特に好ましい。アルキル基が有してもよい置換基としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、アリール基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基等が挙げられ、置換されたアルキル基としては、ベンジル基等が挙げられる。
 R~Rにおけるアリール基は、特に限定されない。例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基等が挙げられる。アリール基が有してもよい置換基としては、例えばアルキル基、ハロゲン原子等が挙げられる。
The alkyl group for R i to R v is not particularly limited. For example, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may be mentioned. Among them, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable, and the carbon number is 1 to 5 The following linear or branched alkyl groups are more preferable from the viewpoint of ease of production and raw material procurement. Of these, the alkyl group in R i to R v is particularly preferably an ethyl group or a methyl group. The substituent that the alkyl group may have is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an aryl group, a halogen atom, and a hydroxyl group, and examples of the substituted alkyl group include a benzyl group.
The aryl group in R i to R v is not particularly limited. For example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, etc. are mentioned. Examples of the substituent that the aryl group may have include an alkyl group and a halogen atom.
 RiiとRiii、RivとRが結合して環構造を形成しているとは、RiiとRiii、RivとRが窒素原子を介して環構造を形成していることをいう。環構造は特に限定されないが、例えばピロリジン環、ピペリジン環、モルホリン環等が挙げられる。 R ii and R iii , R iv and R v are combined to form a ring structure. R ii and R iii , R iv and R v form a ring structure through a nitrogen atom Say. The ring structure is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a pyrrolidine ring, a piperidine ring, and a morpholine ring.
 中でも、化学的安定性の点からR~Rとしては、各々独立に、水素原子、炭素数1以上5以下のアルキル基、フェニル基、又は、RiiとRiii、RivとRが結合してピロリジン環、ピペリジン環、モルホリン環を形成していることが好ましい。 Among these, from the viewpoint of chemical stability, R i to R v are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, or R ii and R iii , R iv and R v. Are preferably bonded to form a pyrrolidine ring, piperidine ring, or morpholine ring.
 R~Rはそれぞれ独立に上記構造をとることができるが、中でも、色純度の点からRが水素原子であることが好ましく、さらに製造および原料調達の容易さの点からRii~Rがすべて同一であることがより好ましい。 R i to R v can each independently have the above-described structure, and among these, R i is preferably a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of color purity, and R ii to R ii from the viewpoint of ease of production and raw material procurement. More preferably, R v are all the same.
 Arにおける2価の芳香族基は特に限定されない。芳香族基は、炭素環からなる芳香族炭化水素基の他、複素環基であってもよい。芳香族炭化水素基における芳香族炭化水素としては、ベンゼン環の他、ナフタレン環、テトラリン環、インデン環、フルオレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環等の縮合多環芳香族炭化水素;ビフェニル、ターフェニル、ジフェニルメタン、トリフェニルメタン、スチルベン等の鎖状多環式炭化水素が挙げられる。当該鎖状多環式炭化水素においては、ジフェニルエーテル等のように鎖状骨格中にO、S、Nを有していてもよい。一方、複素環基における複素環としては、フラン、チオフェン、ピロール、オキサゾール、チアゾール、イミダゾール、ピラゾール等の5員複素環;ピラン、ピロン、ピリジン、ピロン、ピリダジン、ピリミジン、ピラジン等の6員複素環;ベンゾフラン、チオナフテン、インドール、カルバゾール、クマリン、ベンゾ-ピロン、キノリン、イソキノリン、アクリジン、フタラジン、キナゾリン、キノキサリン等の縮合多環式複素環が挙げられる。これらの芳香族基は置換基を有していてもよい。 The divalent aromatic group in Ar 1 is not particularly limited. The aromatic group may be a heterocyclic group in addition to an aromatic hydrocarbon group composed of a carbocyclic ring. As an aromatic hydrocarbon in the aromatic hydrocarbon group, in addition to a benzene ring, condensed polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons such as naphthalene ring, tetralin ring, indene ring, fluorene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring; biphenyl, terphenyl, Examples thereof include chain polycyclic hydrocarbons such as diphenylmethane, triphenylmethane, and stilbene. The chain polycyclic hydrocarbon may have O, S, and N in the chain skeleton such as diphenyl ether. On the other hand, the heterocyclic ring in the heterocyclic group includes 5-membered heterocycles such as furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole and pyrazole; 6-membered heterocycles such as pyran, pyrone, pyridine, pyrone, pyridazine, pyrimidine and pyrazine. And condensed polycyclic heterocycles such as benzofuran, thionaphthene, indole, carbazole, coumarin, benzo-pyrone, quinoline, isoquinoline, acridine, phthalazine, quinazoline, quinoxaline and the like. These aromatic groups may have a substituent.
 芳香族基が有していてもよい置換基としては、炭素数1以上5以下のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子等が挙げられる。 Examples of the substituent that the aromatic group may have include an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and a halogen atom.
 Arは炭素数が6以上20以下の芳香族基であることが好ましく、炭素数が10以上14以下の縮合多環式炭素環からなる芳香族基がより好ましい。中でも、構造が単純で原料が安価である点からフェニレン基やナフチレン基であることがより好ましい。 Ar 1 is preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aromatic group composed of a condensed polycyclic carbocycle having 10 to 14 carbon atoms. Among these, a phenylene group or a naphthylene group is more preferable because the structure is simple and the raw material is inexpensive.
 1分子内に複数あるR~R及びArは、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。複数あるR~R及びArがそれぞれ同一である場合には、発色部位が同一の発色を示すため、発色部位の単体と同様の色が再現でき、色純度の点から好ましい。一方、R~R及びArのうち少なくとも1つを異なる置換基とした場合には、複数種の単量体を混合した色を再現することができ、所望の色に調整することができる。 A plurality of R i to R v and Ar 1 in one molecule may be the same or different. In the case where a plurality of R i to R v and Ar 1 are the same, the color development site exhibits the same color development, so that the same color as the single color development site can be reproduced, which is preferable from the viewpoint of color purity. On the other hand, when at least one of R i to R v and Ar 1 is a different substituent, a color obtained by mixing a plurality of types of monomers can be reproduced and adjusted to a desired color. it can.
 前記一般式(i)で表される色材のアニオン(Bc-)は2価以上のポリ酸アニオンである。
 ポリ酸アニオンとしては、中でも、高輝度で耐熱性や耐光性に優れる点から、タングステン(W)及びモリブデン(Mo)の少なくとも1種を含むポリ酸アニオンであることが好ましく、少なくともタングステンを含み、且つモリブデンを含んでいてもよいポリ酸アニオンであることが、耐熱性の点からより好ましい。
The anion (B c− ) of the colorant represented by the general formula (i) is a polyacid anion having a valence of 2 or more.
Among them, the polyacid anion is preferably a polyacid anion containing at least one of tungsten (W) and molybdenum (Mo) from the viewpoint of high brightness and excellent heat resistance and light resistance, and contains at least tungsten. Further, a polyacid anion which may contain molybdenum is more preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
 少なくともタングステン(W)を含むポリ酸アニオンにおいて、タングステンとモリブデンとの含有比は特に限定されないが、特に耐熱性に優れる点から、タングステンとモリブデンとのモル比が100:0~85:15の範囲内であることが好ましく、100:0~90:10の範囲内であることがより好ましい。
 ポリ酸アニオン(Bc-)は、上記のポリ酸アニオンを1種単独で、又は2種以上組み合わせて用いることができ、2種以上組み合わせて用いる場合には、ポリ酸アニオン全体におけるタングステンとモリブデンとのモル比が上記範囲内であることが好ましい。
In the polyacid anion containing at least tungsten (W), the content ratio of tungsten and molybdenum is not particularly limited, but the molar ratio of tungsten to molybdenum is particularly in the range of 100: 0 to 85:15 because of excellent heat resistance. Is preferably within the range of 100: 0 to 90:10.
As the polyacid anion (B c− ), the above-mentioned polyacid anions can be used singly or in combination of two or more. When two or more are used in combination, tungsten and molybdenum in the entire polyacid anion are used. The molar ratio is preferably within the above range.
 前記一般式(i)で表される色材は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、更に他のカチオンやアニオンを含んだ複塩となっていてもよい。このようなカチオンの具体例としては、他の塩基性染料のほか、アミノ基、ピリジン基、イミダゾール基などアニオンと塩形成可能な官能基を含んだ有機化合物や、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン、マグネシウムイオン、カルシウムイオン、銅イオン、鉄イオン等の金属イオンが挙げられる。また、アニオンの具体例としては、酸性染料のほか、フッ化物イオン、塩化物イオン、臭化物イオン等のハロゲン化物イオンや、無機酸のアニオン等が挙げられる。上記無機酸のアニオンとしては、リン酸イオン、硫酸イオン、クロム酸イオン、タングステン酸イオン(WO 2-)、モリブデン酸イオン(MoO 2-)等のオキソ酸のアニオン等が挙げられる。
 なお、一般式(i)で表される色材は、例えば、国際公開第2012/144520号パンフレットを参考にして調製することができる。
The colorant represented by the general formula (i) may be a double salt containing other cations and anions as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Specific examples of such cations include other basic dyes, organic compounds containing functional groups capable of forming salts with anions such as amino groups, pyridine groups, and imidazole groups, sodium ions, potassium ions, and magnesium ions. Metal ions such as calcium ion, copper ion and iron ion. Specific examples of anions include acid dyes, halide ions such as fluoride ions, chloride ions and bromide ions, and anions of inorganic acids. Examples of the anion of the inorganic acid include anions of oxo acids such as phosphate ions, sulfate ions, chromate ions, tungstate ions (WO 4 2− ), molybdate ions (MoO 4 2− ), and the like.
The color material represented by the general formula (i) can be prepared with reference to, for example, International Publication No. 2012/144520 pamphlet.
 また、緑色着色層を形成する場合には、亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料であるC.I.ピグメントグリーン59(PG59)やC.I.ピグメントグリーン58(PG58)に、更に黄色色材を組み合わせた緑色色材を好ましく用いることができる。 In the case of forming a green colored layer, C.I. which is a zinc phthalocyanine pigment. I. Pigment Green 59 (PG59) and C.I. I. A green color material obtained by further combining a yellow color material with Pigment Green 58 (PG58) can be preferably used.
 PG59やPG58等の亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料と組み合わせて用いられる黄色色材としては、中でもC.I.ピグメントイエロー150の誘導体顔料が好ましい。C.I.ピグメントイエロー150の誘導体顔料としては、具体的には、少なくとも1種のゲスト化合物のホストとして働く下記一般式(ii)またはそれの互変異性構造の1つに従うアゾ化合物のモノ、ジ、トリおよびテトラアニオンと金属Li,Cs,Mg,Cd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb、特に好適にはNa,K,Ca,Sr,Ba,Zn,Fe,Ni,Cu,MnおよびLaに相当する金属錯体を挙げることができる。このようなC.I.ピグメントイエロー150の誘導体顔料を用いると輝度が向上する点から好ましい。 As yellow color materials used in combination with zinc phthalocyanine pigments such as PG59 and PG58, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 derivative pigments are preferred. C. I. As pigment pigments of CI Pigment Yellow 150, specifically, mono-, di-, tri- and tri-azo compounds of the azo compound according to the following general formula (ii) or one of its tautomeric structures serving as a host of at least one guest compound Tetraanions and metals Li, Cs, Mg, Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, particularly preferably Na, K, Ca, Sr, Ba, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu, Mn and La Mention may be made of metal complexes. Such C.I. I. It is preferable to use a pigment yellow 150 pigment because the luminance is improved.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(上記一般式(ii)中、R31はそれぞれ独立して、OH、NH、NH-CN、アシルアミノ、アルキルアミノ、またはアリールアミノであり、R32はそれぞれ独立して、-OHまたは-NHである)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(In the general formula (ii), each R 31 is independently OH, NH 2 , NH—CN, acylamino, alkylamino, or arylamino, and each R 32 is independently —OH or —NH 2 )
 中でも、黄色色材が、前記一般式(ii)で表されるアゾ化合物及びそれの互変異性構造のアゾ化合物のモノ、ジ、トリおよびテトラアニオンからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種のアニオンとCd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb、Zn,Fe,Ni,CuおよびMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも2種の金属のイオンを含むことが、輝度を向上し、且つ、コントラストを向上する点から好ましい。
 2種類以上の金属イオンを含むことにより色材の結晶成長が抑制され微粒化が可能となり、更に、後述する分散剤とを組み合わせて用いることから、色材分散液中で微粒化され、コントラストが向上した着色層を形成できると推察される。
Among them, the yellow color material is at least one anion selected from the group consisting of mono-, di-, tri- and tetraanions of the azo compound represented by the general formula (ii) and the azo compound having a tautomer structure thereof And ions of at least two metals selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu, and Mn improve brightness and increase contrast. It is preferable from the viewpoint of improvement.
By containing two or more kinds of metal ions, crystal growth of the colorant is suppressed and atomization is possible. Further, since it is used in combination with a dispersant described later, it is atomized in the colorant dispersion liquid and the contrast is increased. It is inferred that an improved colored layer can be formed.
 一般式(ii)中のアシルアミノ基におけるアシル基としては、例えば、アルキルカルボニル基、フェニルカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、フェニルスルホニル基、アルキル、フェニル、又はナフチルで置換されていても良いカルバモイル基、アルキル、フェニル、又はナフチルで置換されていても良いスルファモイル基、アルキル、フェニル、又はナフチルで置換されていてもよいグアニル基等が挙げられる。前記アルキル基は炭素数1~6であることが好ましい。また前記アルキル基は、例えばF、Cl、Brなどのハロゲン、-OH、-CN、-NH、及び/又は、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基で置換されていてもよい。また、前記フェニル基及びナフチル基は、例えばF、Cl、Brなどのハロゲン、-OH、-CN、-NH、-NO、炭素数1~6のアルキル基、及び/又は炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基で置換されていてもよい。
 一般式(ii)中のアルキルアミノ基におけるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~6であることが好ましい。前記アルキル基は、例えばF、Cl、Brなどのハロゲン、-OH、-CN、-NH、及び/又は、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基で置換されていてもよい。
 一般式(ii)中のアリールアミノ基におけるアリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基が挙げられ、これらのアリール基は、例えばF、Cl、Brなどのハロゲン、-OH、炭素数1~6のアルキル基、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基、-NH、-NOおよび-CNなどで置換されていてもよい。
Examples of the acyl group in the acylamino group in the general formula (ii) include, for example, an alkylcarbonyl group, a phenylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group, an carbamoyl group optionally substituted with alkyl, phenyl, or naphthyl, an alkyl , Sulfamoyl group optionally substituted with phenyl or naphthyl, guanyl group optionally substituted with alkyl, phenyl or naphthyl, and the like. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be substituted with, for example, a halogen such as F, Cl, or Br, —OH, —CN, —NH 2 , and / or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The phenyl group and naphthyl group are, for example, halogen such as F, Cl, Br, —OH, —CN, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and / or 1 to carbon atoms. It may be substituted with 6 alkoxy groups.
The alkyl group in the alkylamino group in general formula (ii) preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be substituted with, for example, a halogen such as F, Cl, or Br, —OH, —CN, —NH 2 , and / or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
Examples of the aryl group in the arylamino group in the general formula (ii) include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group. These aryl groups include, for example, halogens such as F, Cl, and Br, —OH, and those having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. It may be substituted with an alkyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, —NH 2 , —NO 2, —CN and the like.
 前記一般式(ii)で表されるアゾ化合物及びそれの互変異性構造のアゾ化合物において、R31としては、それぞれ独立に、-OH、-NH、-NH-CN、又はアルキルアミノであることが、色相の点から好ましく、2つのR31はそれぞれ同一であっても異なっていても良い。
 前記一般式(ii)において、2つのR31は、中でも色相の点から、両方とも-OHである場合、両方とも-NH-CNである場合、又は、1つが-OHで1つが-NH-CNである場合が更に好ましく、両方とも-OHである場合がより更に好ましい。
In the azo compound represented by the general formula (ii) and the azo compound having a tautomer structure thereof, each R 31 is independently —OH, —NH 2 , —NH—CN, or alkylamino. This is preferable from the viewpoint of hue, and two R 31 s may be the same or different.
In the general formula (ii), from the viewpoint of hue, the two R 31 are both —OH, both —NH—CN, or one —OH and one —NH—. More preferably, it is CN, and even more preferably both are —OH.
 また、前記一般式(ii)で表されるアゾ化合物及びそれの互変異性構造のアゾ化合物において、R32としては、色相の点から、両方とも-OHである場合がより好ましい。 In the azo compound represented by the general formula (ii) and the azo compound having a tautomer structure thereof, R 32 is more preferably both —OH from the viewpoint of hue.
 Cd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb、Zn,Fe,Ni,CuおよびMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも2種の金属のイオンを含む場合の、当該少なくとも2種の金属としては、中でも、2価又は3価の陽イオンになる金属を少なくとも1種含むことが好ましく、Ni,Cu,およびZnからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、更に、少なくともNiを含むことが好ましい。
 更に、Niと、更に、Cd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb、Zn,Fe,CuおよびMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の金属とを含むことが好ましく、より更に、Niと、更に、Zn,Cu,AlおよびFeからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の金属とを含むことが好ましい。中でも特に、前記少なくとも2種の金属としては、NiとZnであるか、又は、NiとCuであることが好ましく、中でも亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料との親和性の点から、NiとZnであることが好ましい。
In the case of containing ions of at least two kinds of metals selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu and Mn, It is preferable to include at least one metal that becomes a divalent or trivalent cation, preferably includes at least one selected from the group consisting of Ni, Cu, and Zn, and further includes at least Ni. Is preferred.
Furthermore, it is preferable that Ni and at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Cu, and Mn are included, and further, Ni and Furthermore, it is preferable that at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Zn, Cu, Al and Fe is included. In particular, the at least two metals are preferably Ni and Zn, or Ni and Cu, and Ni and Zn are particularly preferable from the viewpoint of affinity with a zinc phthalocyanine pigment. .
 Cd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb、Zn,Fe,Ni,CuおよびMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも2種の金属のイオンを含む場合の、少なくとも2種の金属の含有割合は適宜調整されれば良い。
 中でも、Niと、更に、Cd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb、Zn,Fe,CuおよびMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の金属との含有割合は、Ni:その他の前記少なくとも1種金属が97:3~10:90のモル比で含むことが好ましく、更に、90:10~10:90のモル比で含むことが好ましい。
 中でも、NiとZnとをNi:Znが90:10~10:90のモル比で含むことが好ましく、70:30~10:90のモル比で含むことが更に好ましい。中でも、亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料と組み合わせた場合に、着色力が高まって、微小孔中の現像残渣を抑制し易い点から、NiとZnの比率においてZnがNiより多く含まれることが好ましく、NiとZnとをNi:Znが40:60~10:90のモル比で含むことが更に好ましい。
 或いは、NiとCuとをNi:Cuが97:3~10:90のモル比で含むことが好ましく、96:4~20:80のモル比で含むことが更に好ましい。
In the case of containing ions of at least two kinds of metals selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu and Mn, the content ratio of at least two kinds of metals is appropriately determined It only needs to be adjusted.
Among them, the content ratio of Ni and at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Cu, and Mn is Ni: One metal is preferably contained in a molar ratio of 97: 3 to 10:90, and more preferably in a molar ratio of 90:10 to 10:90.
Among these, Ni and Zn are preferably included at a molar ratio of Ni: Zn of 90:10 to 10:90, and more preferably 70:30 to 10:90. Among them, when combined with a zinc phthalocyanine pigment, it is preferable that the coloring power is increased and the development residue in the micropores is easily suppressed, so that Zn is contained more than Ni in the ratio of Ni and Zn. More preferably, Ni: Zn is contained in a molar ratio of 40:60 to 10:90.
Alternatively, Ni and Cu are preferably contained in a molar ratio of Ni: Cu of 97: 3 to 10:90, and more preferably 96: 4 to 20:80.
 Cd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb、Zn,Fe,Ni,CuおよびMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも2種の金属のイオンを含む場合に、C.I.ピグメントイエロー150の誘導体顔料は、更に、前記特定の金属のイオンとは異なる金属イオンを含んでいても良い。例えば、Li,Cs,Mg,Na,K,Ca,Sr,Ba,およびLaからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の金属イオンを含んでいても良い。 When containing ions of at least two kinds of metals selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu and Mn, C.I. I. The pigment pigment of CI Pigment Yellow 150 may further contain a metal ion different from the specific metal ion. For example, at least one metal ion selected from the group consisting of Li, Cs, Mg, Na, K, Ca, Sr, Ba, and La may be included.
 C.I.ピグメントイエロー150の誘導体顔料において、少なくとも2種の金属のイオンを含む態様としては、共通した結晶格子中に少なくとも2種の金属のイオンが含まれる場合と、別の結晶格子中に各々1種ずつの金属のイオンが含まれる結晶が凝集している場合が挙げられる。中でも、共通した結晶格子中に少なくとも2種の金属のイオンが含まれる場合が、よりコントラストが向上する点から好ましい。なお、共通した結晶格子中に少なくとも2種の金属のイオンが含まれる態様か、別の結晶格子中に各々1種ずつの金属のイオンが含まれる結晶が凝集している態様であるかは、例えば特開2014-12838号公報を参照してX線回折法を用いて適宜判断することができる。 C. I. In the pigment yellow 150 pigment pigment, at least two types of metal ions may be included in the common crystal lattice, and at least two types of metal ions may be included in another crystal lattice. The case where the crystal | crystallization containing the metal ion of agglomerates is mentioned. Among them, the case where at least two kinds of metal ions are contained in a common crystal lattice is preferable from the viewpoint of further improving the contrast. Whether the common crystal lattice includes at least two kinds of metal ions or whether another crystal lattice includes one type of metal ion each aggregated. For example, it can be appropriately determined by using an X-ray diffraction method with reference to JP-A-2014-12838.
 本発明に用いられる色材の平均一次粒径としては、カラーフィルタの着色層とした場合に、所望の発色が可能なものであればよく、特に限定されず、用いる色材の種類によっても異なるが、10nm~100nmの範囲内であることが好ましく、15nm~60nmであることがより好ましい。色材の平均一次粒径が上記範囲であることにより、本発明に係る色材分散液を用いて製造されたカラーフィルタを備えた表示装置を高コントラストで、かつ高品質なものとすることができる。 The average primary particle size of the color material used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it can produce a desired color when it is used as a color layer of a color filter, and varies depending on the type of color material used. Is preferably in the range of 10 nm to 100 nm, more preferably 15 nm to 60 nm. When the average primary particle diameter of the color material is in the above range, the display device including the color filter manufactured using the color material dispersion according to the present invention has high contrast and high quality. it can.
 本発明に用いられる、色材は、再結晶法、ソルベントソルトミリング法等の公知の方法にて製造することができる。また、市販の色材を微細化処理して用いても良い。 The color material used in the present invention can be produced by a known method such as a recrystallization method or a solvent salt milling method. Further, a commercially available color material may be used after being refined.
 色材の合計含有量は、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、3質量%~65質量%、より好ましくは4質量%~60質量%の割合で配合することが好ましい。上記下限値以上であれば、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を所定の膜厚(通常は1.0μm~5.0μm)に塗布した際の着色層が充分な色濃度を有する。また、上記上限値以下であれば、保存安定性に優れると共に、充分な硬度や、基板との密着性を有する着色層を得ることができる。特に色材濃度が高い着色層を形成する場合には、色材の合計含有量は、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、15質量%~65質量%、より好ましくは25質量%~60質量%の割合で配合することが好ましい。 The total content of the coloring material may be blended at a ratio of 3% by mass to 65% by mass, more preferably 4% by mass to 60% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. preferable. If it is at least the above lower limit, the colored layer has a sufficient color density when the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters is applied to a predetermined film thickness (usually 1.0 μm to 5.0 μm). Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, while being excellent in storage stability, the colored layer which has sufficient hardness and adhesiveness with a board | substrate can be obtained. In particular, when a colored layer having a high color material concentration is formed, the total content of the color material is preferably 15% by mass to 65% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive color resin composition for color filters. Is preferably blended at a ratio of 25 mass% to 60 mass%.
[アルカリ可溶性樹脂]
 本発明におけるアルカリ可溶性樹脂は酸性基を有するものであり、バインダー樹脂として作用し、かつパターン形成する際に用いられるアルカリ現像液に可溶性であるものの中から、適宜選択して使用することができる。
 本発明において、アルカリ可溶性樹脂とは、酸価が40mgKOH/g以上であることを目安にすることができる。
 本発明における好ましいアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、酸性基、通常カルボキシ基を有する樹脂であり、具体的には、カルボキシ基を有するアクリル系共重合体及びカルボキシ基を有するスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のアクリル系樹脂、カルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂等が挙げられる。これらの中で特に好ましいものは、側鎖にカルボキシ基を有するとともに、さらに側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基等の光重合性官能基を有するものである。光重合性官能基を含有することにより形成される硬化膜の膜強度が向上するからである。また、これらアクリル系共重合体及びスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のアクリル系樹脂、並びにエポキシアクリレート樹脂は、2種以上混合して使用してもよい。
[Alkali-soluble resin]
The alkali-soluble resin in the present invention has an acidic group, and can be appropriately selected from those that act as a binder resin and are soluble in an alkali developer used for pattern formation.
In the present invention, the alkali-soluble resin can be based on an acid value of 40 mgKOH / g or more.
A preferred alkali-soluble resin in the present invention is a resin having an acidic group, usually a carboxy group, and specifically, acrylic resins such as an acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group. And epoxy (meth) acrylate resins having a carboxy group. Among these, particularly preferred are those having a carboxy group in the side chain and further having a photopolymerizable functional group such as an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain. This is because the film strength of the cured film formed by containing the photopolymerizable functional group is improved. In addition, acrylic resins such as acrylic copolymers and styrene-acrylic copolymers, and epoxy acrylate resins may be used in combination.
 カルボキシ基を有する構成単位を有するアクリル系共重合体、及びカルボキシ基を有するスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のアクリル系樹脂は、例えば、カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマー、及び必要に応じて共重合可能なその他のモノマーを、公知の方法により(共)重合して得られた(共)重合体である。
 カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、ビニル安息香酸、マレイン酸、マレイン酸モノアルキルエステル、フマル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、桂皮酸、アクリル酸ダイマーなどが挙げられる。また、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートなどの水酸基を有する単量体と無水マレイン酸や無水フタル酸、シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸無水物のような環状無水物との付加反応物、ω-カルボキシ-ポリカプロラクトンモノ(メタ)アクリレートなども利用できる。また、カルボキシ基の前駆体として無水マレイン酸、無水イタコン酸、無水シトラコン酸などの無水物含有モノマーを用いてもよい。中でも、共重合性やコスト、溶解性、ガラス転移温度などの点から(メタ)アクリル酸が特に好ましい。
An acrylic resin such as an acrylic copolymer having a constitutional unit having a carboxy group and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group includes, for example, a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer and, if necessary, a copolymer. It is a (co) polymer obtained by (co) polymerizing other polymerizable monomers by a known method.
Examples of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer include (meth) acrylic acid, vinyl benzoic acid, maleic acid, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, and acrylic acid dimer. It is done. Also, an addition reaction product of a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and a cyclic anhydride such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, or cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride, ω-carboxy-polycaprolactone Mono (meth) acrylates can also be used. Moreover, you may use anhydride containing monomers, such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, and citraconic anhydride, as a precursor of a carboxy group. Among these, (meth) acrylic acid is particularly preferable from the viewpoints of copolymerizability, cost, solubility, glass transition temperature, and the like.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、着色層の密着性が優れる点から、更に炭化水素環を有することが好ましい。アルカリ可溶性樹脂に、嵩高い基である炭化水素環を有することにより、得られた着色層の耐溶剤性、特に着色層の膨潤が抑制されるとの知見を得た。作用については未解明であるが、着色層内に嵩高い炭化水素環が含まれることにより、着色層内における分子の動きが抑制される結果、塗膜の強度が高くなり溶剤による膨潤が抑制されるものと推定される。
 このような炭化水素環としては、置換基を有していてもよい環状の脂肪族炭化水素環、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環、及びこれらの組み合わせが挙げられ、炭化水素環がカルボニル基、カルボキシ基、オキシカルボニル基、アミド基等の置換基を有していてもよい。中でも、脂肪族環を含む場合には、着色層の耐熱性や密着性が向上すると共に、得られた着色層の輝度が向上する。
 炭化水素環の具体例としては、シクロプロパン、シクロブタン、シクロペンタン、シクロヘキサン、ノルボルナン、トリシクロ[5.2.1.0(2,6)]デカン(ジシクロペンタン)、アダマンタン等の脂肪族炭化水素環;ベンゼン、ナフタレン、アントラセン、フェナントレン、フルオレン等の芳香族環;ビフェニル、ターフェニル、ジフェニルメタン、トリフェニルメタン、スチルベン等の鎖状多環や、下記化学式(A)に示されるカルド構造等が挙げられる。
The alkali-soluble resin preferably further has a hydrocarbon ring from the viewpoint of excellent adhesion of the colored layer. It has been found that the alkali-soluble resin has a hydrocarbon ring which is a bulky group, thereby suppressing the solvent resistance of the obtained colored layer, particularly the swelling of the colored layer. Although the action is unclear, the bulky hydrocarbon ring in the colored layer suppresses the movement of molecules in the colored layer, resulting in an increase in the strength of the coating and suppression of swelling by the solvent. It is estimated that.
Examples of such a hydrocarbon ring include a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring which may have a substituent, an aromatic ring which may have a substituent, and combinations thereof. May have a substituent such as a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, an oxycarbonyl group, or an amide group. Especially, when an aliphatic ring is included, while the heat resistance and adhesiveness of a colored layer improve, the brightness | luminance of the obtained colored layer improves.
Specific examples of the hydrocarbon ring include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, norbornane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 (2,6)] decane (dicyclopentane), and adamantane. Rings: aromatic rings such as benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, fluorene; chain polycycles such as biphenyl, terphenyl, diphenylmethane, triphenylmethane, stilbene, and cardo structures represented by the following chemical formula (A) It is done.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、下記一般式(B)で表されるマレイミド構造を有するのも好ましい。 The alkali-soluble resin preferably has a maleimide structure represented by the following general formula (B).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(一般式(B)において、Rは、置換されていてもよい炭化水素環である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(In General Formula (B), R M is an optionally substituted hydrocarbon ring.)
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂が、前記一般式(B)で表されるマレイミド構造を有する場合、炭化水素環に窒素原子を有するため、後述する一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である塩基性分散剤との相溶性が非常によく、現像残渣の抑制効果が向上する。
 前記一般式(B)のRにおける、置換されていてもよい炭化水素環の具体例としては、前記炭化水素環の具体例と同様のものが挙げられる。
When the alkali-soluble resin has a maleimide structure represented by the general formula (B), it is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) because it has a nitrogen atom in the hydrocarbon ring. The compatibility with the basic dispersant is very good, and the effect of suppressing development residue is improved.
In R M of the foregoing formula (B), specific examples of the optionally substituted hydrocarbon ring, those similar to the specific example of the hydrocarbon ring.
 炭化水素環として、脂肪族環を含む場合には、着色層の耐熱性や密着性が向上すると共に、得られた着色層の輝度が向上する点から好ましい。
 また、前記化学式(A)に示されるカルド構造を含む場合には、着色層の硬化性が向上し、耐溶剤性(NMP膨潤抑制)が向上する点から特に好ましい。
When an aliphatic ring is included as the hydrocarbon ring, it is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the heat resistance and adhesion of the colored layer and improving the luminance of the obtained colored layer.
Moreover, when including the cardo structure shown by the said Chemical formula (A), it is especially preferable from the point which the sclerosis | hardenability of a colored layer improves and solvent resistance (NMP swelling suppression) improves.
 本発明で用いられるアルカリ可溶性樹脂において、カルボキシ基を有する構成単位とは別に、上記炭化水素環を有する構成単位を有するアクリル系共重合体を用いることが、各構成単位量を調整しやすく、上記炭化水素環を有する構成単位量を増加して当該構成単位が有する機能を向上させやすい点から好ましい。
 カルボキシ基を有する構成単位と、上記炭化水素環とを有するアクリル系共重合体は、前述の“共重合可能なその他のモノマー”として炭化水素環を有するエチレン性不飽和モノマーを用いることにより調製することができる。
 前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物と組み合わせる炭化水素環を有するエチレン性不飽和モノマーとしては、例えば、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、スチレンなどが挙げられ、現像後の着色層の断面形状が加熱処理においても維持される効果が大きい点から、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、スチレンが好ましく、特にスチレンが好ましい。
 また、現像残渣の抑制効果の点からは、前記炭化水素環を有するエチレン性不飽和モノマーとしては、前記マレイミド構造を有するモノマーと、スチレンが好ましく、特にスチレンが好ましい。
In the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention, it is easy to adjust the amount of each constituent unit by using an acrylic copolymer having a constituent unit having a hydrocarbon ring separately from the constituent unit having a carboxy group. This is preferable because the amount of the structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring is increased to easily improve the function of the structural unit.
The acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxy group and the hydrocarbon ring is prepared by using an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydrocarbon ring as the above-mentioned “other monomer capable of copolymerization”. be able to.
Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydrocarbon ring combined with the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) include cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, and adamantyl (meth) acrylate. , Isobornyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, styrene, and the like. From the point that the cross-sectional shape of the colored layer after development is highly effective in heat treatment, cyclohexyl ( (Meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, and styrene are preferable, and styrene is particularly preferable.
From the viewpoint of the effect of suppressing development residue, the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydrocarbon ring is preferably a monomer having the maleimide structure and styrene, and particularly preferably styrene.
 本発明で用いられるアルカリ可溶性樹脂はまた、側鎖にエチレン性二重結合を有することが好ましい。エチレン性二重結合を有する場合には、カラーフィルタ製造時における樹脂組成物の硬化工程において、当該アルカリ可溶性樹脂同士、乃至、当該アルカリ可溶性樹脂と光重合性化合物等が架橋結合を形成し得る。本発明で用いられる前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物と組み合わせることにより、硬化膜の膜強度がより向上して現像耐性が向上し、また、硬化膜の熱収縮が抑制されて基板との密着性に優れるようになる。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂中に、エチレン性二重結合を導入する方法は、従来公知の方法から適宜選択すればよい。例えば、アルカリ可溶性樹脂が有するカルボキシ基に、分子内にエポキシ基とエチレン性二重結合とを併せ持つ化合物、例えばグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート等を付加させ、側鎖にエチレン性二重結合を導入する方法や、水酸基を有する構成単位を共重合体に導入しておいて、分子内にイソシアネート基とエチレン性二重結合とを備えた化合物を付加させ、側鎖にエチレン性二重結合を導入する方法などが挙げられる。
The alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention preferably has an ethylenic double bond in the side chain. In the case of having an ethylenic double bond, the alkali-soluble resins or the alkali-soluble resin and the photopolymerizable compound can form a cross-linked bond in the curing step of the resin composition at the time of producing the color filter. By combining with the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the present invention, the film strength of the cured film is further improved, the development resistance is improved, and the thermal shrinkage of the cured film is suppressed. Excellent adhesion to the substrate.
The method for introducing an ethylenic double bond into the alkali-soluble resin may be appropriately selected from conventionally known methods. For example, a method of introducing an ethylenic double bond into a side chain by adding a compound having both an epoxy group and an ethylenic double bond in the molecule, such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, to the carboxy group of the alkali-soluble resin Or by introducing a structural unit having a hydroxyl group into a copolymer, adding a compound having an isocyanate group and an ethylenic double bond in the molecule, and introducing an ethylenic double bond into the side chain. Etc.
 本発明のアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、更にメチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート等、エステル基を有する構成単位等の他の構成単位を含有していてもよい。エステル基を有する構成単位は、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物のアルカリ可溶性を抑制する成分として機能するだけでなく、溶剤に対する溶解性、さらには溶剤再溶解性を向上させる成分としても機能する。 The alkali-soluble resin of the present invention may further contain other structural units such as a structural unit having an ester group such as methyl (meth) acrylate and ethyl (meth) acrylate. The structural unit having an ester group not only functions as a component that suppresses alkali solubility of the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter, but also functions as a component that improves solubility in a solvent and further solvent resolubility. .
 本発明におけるアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、カルボキシ基を有する構成単位と、炭化水素環を有する構成単位とを有するアクリル系共重合体及びスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のアクリル系樹脂であることが好ましく、カルボキシ基を有する構成単位と、炭化水素環を有する構成単位と、エチレン性二重結合を有する構成単位とを有するアクリル系共重合体及びスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のアクリル系樹脂であることがより好ましい。 The alkali-soluble resin in the present invention is preferably an acrylic resin such as an acrylic copolymer and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxy group and a structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring, It is an acrylic resin such as an acrylic copolymer and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxy group, a structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring, and a structural unit having an ethylenic double bond. Is more preferable.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、各構成単位の仕込み量を適宜調整することにより、所望の性能を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂とすることができる。 The alkali-soluble resin can be made into an alkali-soluble resin having desired performance by appropriately adjusting the charged amount of each structural unit.
 カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーの仕込み量は、良好なパターンが得られる点から、モノマー全量に対して5質量%以上であることが好ましく、10質量%以上であることがより好ましい。一方、現像後のパターン表面の膜荒れ等を抑制する点から、カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーの仕込み量は、モノマー全量に対して50質量%以下であることが好ましく、40質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
 カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーの割合が上記下限値以上であると得られる塗膜のアルカリ現像液に対する溶解性が十分であり、また、カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーの割合が上記上限値以下であると、アルカリ現像液による現像時に、形成されたパターンの基板からの脱落やパターン表面の膜荒れが起こり難い傾向がある。
The charging amount of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is preferably 5% by mass or more and more preferably 10% by mass or more with respect to the total amount of the monomer from the viewpoint of obtaining a good pattern. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of suppressing film roughness on the pattern surface after development, the amount of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is preferably 50% by mass or less, and 40% by mass or less, based on the total amount of monomers. More preferably.
The solubility of the coating film obtained when the ratio of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is not less than the above lower limit is sufficient for the alkali developer, and the ratio of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is the above upper limit. When it is below, there is a tendency that the formed pattern is not easily detached from the substrate and the pattern surface is not easily roughened during development with an alkali developer.
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂としてより好ましく用いられる、エチレン性二重結合を有する構成単位とを有するアクリル系共重合体及びスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のアクリル系樹脂において、エポキシ基とエチレン性二重結合とを併せ持つ化合物はカルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーの仕込み量に対して、10質量%~95質量%であることが好ましく、15質量%~90質量%であることがより好ましい。 In addition, in an acrylic resin such as an acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having an ethylenic double bond and a styrene-acrylic copolymer, which is more preferably used as an alkali-soluble resin, an epoxy group and an ethylenic double bond are used. The amount of the compound having a bond is preferably 10% by mass to 95% by mass, and more preferably 15% by mass to 90% by mass with respect to the charged amount of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer.
 カルボキシ基含有共重合体の好ましい重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは1,000~50,000の範囲であり、さらに好ましくは3,000~20,000である。1,000未満では硬化後のバインダー機能が著しく低下する場合があり、50,000を超えるとアルカリ現像液による現像時に、パターン形成が困難となる場合がある。
 なお、カルボキシ基含有共重合体の上記重量平均分子量(Mw)は、ポリスチレンを標準物質とし、THFを溶離液としてショウデックスGPCシステム-21H(Shodex GPC System-21H)により測定することができる。
The preferred weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxy group-containing copolymer is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 50,000, more preferably 3,000 to 20,000. If it is less than 1,000, the binder function after curing may be remarkably lowered. If it exceeds 50,000, pattern formation may be difficult during development with an alkali developer.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxy group-containing copolymer can be measured by a Shodex GPC System-21H using polystyrene as a standard substance and THF as an eluent.
 カルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂としては、特に限定されるものではないが、エポキシ化合物と不飽和基含有モノカルボン酸との反応物を酸無水物と反応させて得られるエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート化合物が適している。
 エポキシ化合物、不飽和基含有モノカルボン酸、及び酸無水物は、公知のものの中から適宜選択して用いることができる。カルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂は、それぞれ1種単独で使用してもよいし、二種以上を併用してもよい。
Although it does not specifically limit as an epoxy (meth) acrylate resin which has a carboxy group, Epoxy (meth) obtained by making the reaction product of an epoxy compound and unsaturated group containing monocarboxylic acid react with an acid anhydride. Acrylate compounds are suitable.
The epoxy compound, unsaturated group-containing monocarboxylic acid, and acid anhydride can be appropriately selected from known ones. The epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxy group may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、現像液に用いるアルカリ水溶液に対する現像性(溶解性)の点から、酸価が50mgKOH/g以上のものを選択して用いることが好ましい。アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、現像液に用いるアルカリ水溶液に対する現像性(溶解性)の点、及び基板への密着性の点から、酸価が70mgKOH/g以上300mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、中でも、70mgKOH/g以上280mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましい。
 なお、本発明において酸価はJIS K 0070に従って測定することができる。
As the alkali-soluble resin, it is preferable to select and use an acid-soluble resin having an acid value of 50 mgKOH / g or more from the viewpoint of developability (solubility) with respect to an alkaline aqueous solution used for the developer. The alkali-soluble resin preferably has an acid value of 70 mgKOH / g or more and 300 mgKOH / g or less from the viewpoint of developability (solubility) in an aqueous alkali solution used for the developer and adhesion to the substrate. It is preferable that they are 70 mgKOH / g or more and 280 mgKOH / g or less.
In the present invention, the acid value can be measured according to JIS K 0070.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基を有する場合のエチレン性不飽和結合当量は、本発明で用いられる前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物と組み合わせることにより、硬化膜の膜強度が向上して現像耐性が向上し、基板との密着性に優れるといった効果を得る点から、100~2000の範囲であることが好ましく、特に、140~1500の範囲であることが好ましい。該エチレン性不飽和結合当量が、2000以下であれば現像耐性や密着性に優れている。また、100以上であれば、前記カルボキシ基を有する構成単位や、炭化水素環を有する構成単位などの他の構成単位の割合を相対的に増やすことができるため、現像性や耐熱性に優れている。本発明で用いられる前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物を前述した含有量と組み合わせて用いることが好ましい。
 ここで、エチレン性不飽和結合当量とは、上記アルカリ可溶性樹脂におけるエチレン性不飽和結合1モル当りの重量平均分子量のことであり、下記数式(1)で表される。
When the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent in the case of having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain of the alkali-soluble resin is combined with the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the present invention, The range of 100 to 2000 is preferable, and the range of 140 to 1500 is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of improving the film strength, improving the development resistance, and achieving excellent adhesion to the substrate. When the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is 2000 or less, the development resistance and adhesion are excellent. Moreover, since the ratio of other structural units, such as the structural unit which has the said carboxy group, and the structural unit which has a hydrocarbon ring, can be relatively increased if it is 100 or more, it is excellent in developability and heat resistance. Yes. The oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the present invention is preferably used in combination with the content described above.
Here, the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is a weight average molecular weight per mole of the ethylenically unsaturated bond in the alkali-soluble resin, and is represented by the following formula (1).
数式(1)
  エチレン性不飽和結合当量(g/mol)=W(g)/M(mol)
(数式(1)中、Wは、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の質量(g)を表し、Mはアルカリ可溶性樹
脂W(g)中に含まれるエチレン性二重結合のモル数(mol)を表す。)
Formula (1)
Ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent (g / mol) = W (g) / M (mol)
(In Formula (1), W represents the mass (g) of the alkali-soluble resin, and M represents the number of moles (mol) of the ethylenic double bond contained in the alkali-soluble resin W (g).)
 上記エチレン性不飽和結合当量は、例えば、JIS K 0070:1992に記載のよう素価の試験方法に準拠して、アルカリ可溶性樹脂1gあたりに含まれるエチレン性二重結合の数を測定することにより算出してもよい。 The ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is determined, for example, by measuring the number of ethylenic double bonds contained in 1 g of the alkali-soluble resin in accordance with the test method for the iodine value described in JIS K 0070: 1992. It may be calculated.
 カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において用いられるアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよく、その含有量としては特に制限はないが、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対してアルカリ可溶性樹脂は好ましくは5質量%~60質量%、さらに好ましくは10質量%~40質量%の範囲内である。アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量が上記下限値以上であると、充分なアカリ現像性が得られ、また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量が上記上限値以下であると、現像時に膜荒れやパターンの欠けを抑制できる。 The alkali-soluble resin used in the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters may be used singly or in combination of two or more, and the content is not particularly limited. The alkali-soluble resin is preferably in the range of 5% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably in the range of 10% by mass to 40% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for filters. When the content of the alkali-soluble resin is not less than the above lower limit value, sufficient Akali developability can be obtained, and when the content of the alkali-soluble resin is not more than the above upper limit value, film roughening or chipping of the pattern can be caused during development. Can be suppressed.
[光重合性化合物]
 カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において用いられる光重合性化合物は、前記光開始剤によって重合可能なものであればよく、特に限定されず、通常、エチレン性不飽和二重結合を2つ以上有する化合物が好適に用いられ、特にアクリロイル基又はメタクリロイル基を2つ以上有する、多官能(メタ)アクリレートであることが好ましい。
 このような多官能(メタ)アクリレートとしては、従来公知のものの中から適宜選択して用いればよい。具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のもの等が挙げられる。
[Photopolymerizable compound]
The photopolymerizable compound used in the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by the photoinitiator, and usually has two or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds. It is preferable to use a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate having 2 or more acryloyl groups or methacryloyl groups.
Such polyfunctional (meth) acrylate may be appropriately selected from conventionally known ones. Specific examples include those described in JP2013-029832A.
 これらの多官能(メタ)アクリレートは1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。また、本発明のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物に優れた光硬化性(高感度)が要求される場合には、多官能(メタ)アクリレートが、重合可能な二重結合を3つ(三官能)以上有するものであるものが好ましく、3価以上の多価アルコールのポリ(メタ)アクリレート類やそれらのジカルボン酸変性物が好ましく、具体的には、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレートのコハク酸変性物、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレートのコハク酸変性物、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート等が好ましい。 These polyfunctional (meth) acrylates may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Moreover, when the photocurable (high sensitivity) excellent in the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters of this invention is requested | required, polyfunctional (meth) acrylate has three double bonds which can superpose | polymerize ( Trifunctional or higher polyhydric alcohol poly (meth) acrylates and their dicarboxylic acid-modified products are preferred, specifically, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, Pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, modified succinic acid of pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol Succinic acid modification of penta (meth) acrylate Things, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate are preferable.
 カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において用いられる上記光重合性化合物の含有量は、特に制限はないが、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して光重合性化合物は好ましくは5質量%~60質量%、さらに好ましくは10質量%~40質量%の範囲内である。光重合性化合物の含有量が上記下限値以上であると十分に光硬化が進み、露光部分が現像時の溶出を抑制でき、また、光重合性化合物の含有量が上記上限値以下であるとアルカリ現像性が十分である。
 カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において用いられる上記光重合性化合物の含有量と前記光開始剤との含有割合は、優れた硬化性、残膜率の点、更には、電気信頼性が向上する点から、上記光重合性化合物100質量部に対して、前記光開始剤の合計含有割合が5質量部以上であることが好ましく、更に10質量部以上であることが好ましく、40質量部以下であることが好ましく、更に30質量部以下であることが好ましい。
The content of the photopolymerizable compound used in the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters is not particularly limited, but the photopolymerizable compound is preferably based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. Is in the range of 5% to 60% by weight, more preferably 10% to 40% by weight. When the content of the photopolymerizable compound is not less than the above lower limit, photocuring sufficiently proceeds, the exposed portion can suppress elution during development, and the content of the photopolymerizable compound is not more than the above upper limit. Alkali developability is sufficient.
The content of the photopolymerizable compound used in the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters and the content ratio of the photoinitiator are excellent in curability and residual film ratio, and further improved in electrical reliability. In view of the above, the total content of the photoinitiator is preferably 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and 40 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the photopolymerizable compound. It is preferable that it is 30 mass parts or less.
[溶剤]
 本発明に用いられる溶剤としては、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物中の各成分とは反応せず、これらを溶解もしくは分散可能な有機溶剤であればよく、特に限定されない。溶剤は単独もしくは2種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。
 溶剤の具体例としては、例えば、メチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、N-プロピルアルコール、i-プロピルアルコール、メトキシアルコール、エトキシアルコールなどのアルコール系溶剤;メトキシエトキシエタノール、エトキシエトキシエタノールなどのカルビトール系溶剤;酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、乳酸エチル、ヒドロキシプロピオン酸メチル、ヒドロキシプロピオン酸エチル、n-ブチルアセテート、イソブチルアセテート、酪酸イソブチル、酪酸n-ブチル、乳酸エチル、シクロヘキサノールアセテートなどのエステル系溶剤;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノンなどのケトン系溶剤;メトキシエチルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブチルアセテート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、エトキシエチルアセテートなどのグリコールエーテルアセテート系溶剤;メトキシエトキシエチルアセテート、エトキシエトキシエチルアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート(BCA)などのカルビトールアセテート系溶剤;プロピレングリコールジアセテート、1,3-ブチレングリコールジアセテート等のジアセテート類;エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテルなどのグリコールエーテル系溶剤;N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチルピロリドンなどの非プロトン性アミド溶剤;γ-ブチロラクトンなどのラクトン系溶剤;テトラヒドロフランなどの環状エーテル系溶剤;ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、ナフタレンなどの不飽和炭化水素系溶剤;N-ヘプタン、N-ヘキサン、N-オクタンなどの飽和炭化水素系溶剤;トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類などの有機溶剤が挙げられる。これらの溶剤の中ではグリコールエーテルアセテート系溶剤、カルビトールアセテート系溶剤、グリコールエーテル系溶剤、エステル系溶剤が他の成分の溶解性の点で好適に用いられる。中でも、本発明に用いる溶剤としては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ブチルカルビトールアセテート(BCA)、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブチルアセテート、エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、乳酸エチル、及び、3-メトキシブチルアセテートよりなる群から選択される1種以上であることが、他の成分の溶解性や塗布適性の点から好ましい。
[solvent]
The solvent used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent that does not react with each component in the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters and can dissolve or disperse them. A solvent can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
Specific examples of the solvent include alcohol solvents such as methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, N-propyl alcohol, i-propyl alcohol, methoxy alcohol, and ethoxy alcohol; carbitol solvents such as methoxyethoxyethanol and ethoxyethoxyethanol; Ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, methyl hydroxypropionate, ethyl hydroxypropionate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl butyrate, n-butyl butyrate, Ester solvents such as ethyl lactate and cyclohexanol acetate; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, etc. Tone solvents; glycol ether acetate solvents such as methoxyethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, ethoxyethyl acetate; methoxyethoxyethyl acetate, ethoxy Carbitol acetate solvents such as ethoxyethyl acetate and butyl carbitol acetate (BCA); diacetates such as propylene glycol diacetate and 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene Glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene Glycol ether solvents such as glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether and dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether; aprotic amide solvents such as N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide and N-methylpyrrolidone; γ-butyrolactone, etc. Lactone solvents; cyclic ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran; unsaturated hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene, and naphthalene; saturated hydrocarbon solvents such as N-heptane, N-hexane, and N-octane; Examples include organic solvents such as aromatic hydrocarbons such as xylene. Among these solvents, glycol ether acetate solvents, carbitol acetate solvents, glycol ether solvents, and ester solvents are preferably used from the viewpoint of solubility of other components. Among them, the solvent used in the present invention includes propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, butyl carbitol acetate (BCA), 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, In addition, one or more selected from the group consisting of 3-methoxybutyl acetate is preferable from the viewpoints of solubility of other components and coating suitability.
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において、溶剤の含有量は、着色層を精度良く形成することができる範囲で適宜設定すればよい。該溶剤を含むカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の全量に対して、通常、55質量%~95質量%の範囲内であることが好ましく、中でも、65質量%~88質量%の範囲内であることがより好ましい。上記溶剤の含有量が、上記範囲内であることにより、塗布性に優れたものとすることができる。 In the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention, the content of the solvent may be appropriately set within a range in which the colored layer can be formed with high accuracy. Usually, it is preferably in the range of 55% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably in the range of 65% by mass to 88% by mass, based on the total amount of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters containing the solvent. More preferably. When the content of the solvent is within the above range, the coating property can be excellent.
[分散剤]
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において、前記色材は、分散剤により溶剤中に分散させて用いられることが好ましい。本発明において分散剤は、従来公知の分散剤の中から適宜選択して用いることができる。分散剤としては、例えば、カチオン系、アニオン系、ノニオン系、両性、シリコーン系、フッ素系等の界面活性剤を使用できる。界面活性剤の中でも、均一に、微細に分散し得る点から、高分子分散剤が好ましい。
[Dispersant]
In the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention, the colorant is preferably used by being dispersed in a solvent with a dispersant. In the present invention, the dispersant can be appropriately selected from conventionally known dispersants. Examples of the dispersant that can be used include cationic, anionic, nonionic, amphoteric, silicone, and fluorine surfactants. Among the surfactants, a polymer dispersant is preferable because it can be uniformly and finely dispersed.
 高分子分散剤としては、例えば、ポリアクリル酸エステル等の不飽和カルボン酸エステルの(共)重合体類;ポリアクリル酸等の不飽和カルボン酸の(共)重合体の(部分)アミン塩、(部分)アンモニウム塩や(部分)アルキルアミン塩類;水酸基含有ポリアクリル酸エステル等の水酸基含有不飽和カルボン酸エステルの(共)重合体やそれらの変性物;ポリウレタン類;不飽和ポリアミド類;ポリシロキサン類;長鎖ポリアミノアミドリン酸塩類;ポリエチレンイミン誘導体(ポリ(低級アルキレンイミン)と遊離カルボキシ基含有ポリエステルとの反応により得られるアミドやそれらの塩基);ポリアリルアミン誘導体(ポリアリルアミンと、遊離のカルボキシ基を有するポリエステル、ポリアミド又はエステルとアミドの共縮合物(ポリエステルアミド)の3種の化合物の中から選ばれる1種以上の化合物とを反応させて得られる反応生成物)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the polymer dispersant include (co) polymers of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters such as polyacrylic acid esters; (partial) amine salts of (co) polymers of unsaturated carboxylic acid such as polyacrylic acid; (Partial) ammonium salts and (partial) alkylamine salts; (co) polymers of hydroxyl group-containing unsaturated carboxylic acid esters such as hydroxyl group-containing polyacrylates and their modified products; polyurethanes; unsaturated polyamides; polysiloxanes Long chain polyaminoamide phosphates; polyethyleneimine derivatives (amides and their bases obtained by reaction of poly (lower alkylene imines) with free carboxy group-containing polyesters); polyallylamine derivatives (polyallylamine and free carboxy) Polyester, polyamide or ester-amide co-condensate having a group The reaction product obtained by reacting one or more compound selected from among the three compounds of the polyester amide)), and the like.
 高分子分散剤としては、中でも、前記色材を好適に分散でき、分散安定性が良好である点から、主鎖又は側鎖に窒素原子を含み、アミン価を有する高分子分散剤が好ましく、中でも、3級アミンを有する繰り返し単位を含む重合体からなる高分子分散剤であることが、分散性が良好で塗膜形成時に異物を析出せず、輝度及びコントラストを向上する点から好ましい。
 3級アミンを有する繰り返し単位は、前記色材と親和性を有する部位である。3級アミンを有する繰り返し単位を含む重合体からなる高分子分散剤は、通常、溶剤と親和性を有する部位となる繰り返し単位を含む。3級アミンを有する繰り返し単位を含む重合体としては、中でも、3級アミンを有する繰り返し単位からなるブロック部と、溶剤親和性を有するブロック部とを有するブロック共重合体であることが、耐熱性に優れ、高輝度となる塗膜を形成可能となる点で好ましい。
As the polymer dispersant, among them, a polymer dispersant containing a nitrogen atom in the main chain or side chain and having an amine value is preferable from the viewpoint that the colorant can be suitably dispersed and the dispersion stability is good. Among these, a polymer dispersant composed of a polymer containing a repeating unit having a tertiary amine is preferable from the viewpoint of good dispersibility, no precipitation of foreign matters when forming a coating film, and improvement of luminance and contrast.
The repeating unit having a tertiary amine is a site having an affinity for the colorant. The polymer dispersant made of a polymer containing a repeating unit having a tertiary amine usually contains a repeating unit that becomes a site having an affinity for a solvent. As a polymer containing a repeating unit having a tertiary amine, a block copolymer having a block part composed of a repeating unit having a tertiary amine and a block part having a solvent affinity is particularly preferable. It is preferable at the point which can form the coating film which is excellent in and high brightness.
 3級アミンを有する繰り返し単位は、3級アミンを有していれば良く、該3級アミンは、ブロックポリマーの側鎖に含まれていても、主鎖を構成するものであっても良い。
 中でも、側鎖に3級アミンを有する繰り返し単位であることが好ましく、中でも、主鎖骨格が熱分解し難く、耐熱性が高い点から、下記一般式(I)で表される構造であることが、より好ましい。
The repeating unit having a tertiary amine only needs to have a tertiary amine, and the tertiary amine may be contained in the side chain of the block polymer or may constitute the main chain.
Among them, a repeating unit having a tertiary amine in the side chain is preferable, and among them, the structure represented by the following general formula (I) is preferable because the main chain skeleton is hardly thermally decomposed and has high heat resistance. Is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(一般式(I)中、Rは、水素原子又はメチル基、Qは、2価の連結基、Rは、炭素数1~8のアルキレン基、-[CH(R)-CH(R)-O]-CH(R)-CH(R)-又は-[(CH-O]-(CH-で示される2価の有機基、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、置換されていてもよい鎖状又は環状の炭化水素基を表すか、R及びRが互いに結合して環状構造を形成する。R及びRは、それぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基である。
 xは1~18の整数、yは1~5の整数、zは1~18の整数を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(In the general formula (I), R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, Q is a divalent linking group, R 2 is an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, — [CH (R 5 ) —CH ( A divalent organic group represented by R 6 ) —O] x —CH (R 5 ) —CH (R 6 ) — or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z — (CH 2 ) y —, R 3 And R 4 each independently represents an optionally substituted chain or cyclic hydrocarbon group, or R 3 and R 4 are bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure, and R 5 and R 6 are Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
x represents an integer of 1 to 18, y represents an integer of 1 to 5, and z represents an integer of 1 to 18. )
 上記一般式(I)の2価の連結基Qとしては、例えば、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基、アリーレン基、-CONH-基、-COO-基、炭素数1~10のエーテル基(-R’-OR”-:R’及びR”は、各々独立にアルキレン基)及びこれらの組み合わせ等が挙げられる。中でも、得られたポリマーの耐熱性や溶剤として好適に用いられるプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)に対する溶解性、また比較的安価な材料である点から、Qは、-COO-基又は-CONH-基であることが好ましい。 Examples of the divalent linking group Q in the general formula (I) include, for example, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an arylene group, a —CONH— group, a —COO— group, an ether group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (— R′—OR ″ —: R ′ and R ″ are each independently an alkylene group) and combinations thereof. Among these, Q is a —COO— group or —CONH— from the viewpoint of heat resistance of the polymer obtained, solubility in propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) suitably used as a solvent, and a relatively inexpensive material. It is preferably a group.
 上記一般式(I)の2価の有機基Rは、炭素数1~8のアルキレン基、-[CH(R)-CH(R)-O]-CH(R)-CH(R)-又は-[(CH-O]-(CH-である。上記炭素数1~8のアルキレン基は、直鎖状、分岐状のいずれであってもよく、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、トリメチレン基、プロピレン基、各種ブチレン基、各種ペンチレン基、各種へキシレン基、各種オクチレン基などである。
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基である。
 上記Rとしては、分散性の点から、炭素数1~8のアルキレン基が好ましく、中でも、Rがメチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基であることが更に好ましく、メチレン基及びエチレン基がより好ましい。
The divalent organic group R 2 in the general formula (I) is an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, — [CH (R 5 ) —CH (R 6 ) —O] x —CH (R 5 ) —CH (R 6 ) — or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z — (CH 2 ) y —. The alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms may be linear or branched. For example, methylene group, ethylene group, trimethylene group, propylene group, various butylene groups, various pentylene groups, various hexylenes. Groups, various octylene groups and the like.
R 5 and R 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
R 2 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of dispersibility. Among them, R 2 is more preferably a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, or a butylene group. Groups are more preferred.
 上記一般式(I)のR、Rが互いに結合して形成する環状構造としては、例えば5~7員環の含窒素複素環単環又はこれらが2個縮合してなる縮合環が挙げられる。該含窒素複素環は芳香性を有さないものが好ましく、飽和環であればより好ましい。 Examples of the cyclic structure formed by combining R 3 and R 4 in the general formula (I) include a 5- to 7-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic monocycle or a condensed ring formed by condensing two of these. It is done. The nitrogen-containing heterocycle preferably has no aromaticity, more preferably a saturated ring.
 上記一般式(I)で表される繰り返し単位としては、ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリレート等のアルキル基置換アミノ基含有(メタ)アクリレート等、ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミドなどのアルキル基置換アミノ基含有(メタ)アクリルアミド等が挙げられる。中でも分散性、及び分散安定性が向上する点でジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミドを好ましく用いることができる。 Examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (I) include dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate, and other alkyl group-substituted amino groups. Examples include group-containing (meth) acrylates, alkyl group-substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylamides such as dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylamide, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide, and the like. Of these, dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, and dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide can be preferably used in terms of improving dispersibility and dispersion stability.
 前記3級アミンを有する繰り返し単位からなるブロック部において、一般式(I)で表される構成単位は、3個以上含まれることが好ましい。中でも、分散性、及び分散安定性を向上する点から、3~100個含むことが好ましく、3~50個含むことがより好ましく、更に3~30個含むことがより好ましい。 In the block part composed of repeating units having a tertiary amine, it is preferable that three or more structural units represented by the general formula (I) are included. Among these, from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility and dispersion stability, it is preferably 3 to 100, more preferably 3 to 50, and even more preferably 3 to 30.
 前記3級アミンを有する繰り返し単位からなるブロック部(以下、Aブロックと記載することがある。)と溶剤親和性を有するブロック部(以下、Bブロックと記載することがある。)を有するブロック共重合体における、溶剤親和性を有するブロック部としては、溶剤親和性を良好にし、分散性を向上する点から、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有さず、前記一般式(I)と共重合可能な構成単位を有する溶剤親和性ブロック部を有する。本発明においてブロック共重合体の各ブロックの配置は特に限定されず、例えば、ABブロック共重合体、ABAブロック共重合体、BABブロック共重合体等とすることができる。中でも、分散性に優れる点で、ABブロック共重合体、又はABAブロック共重合体が好ましい。
 前記Bブロックは、国際公開第2016/104493号のBブロックと同様であってよい。
A block having a block part (hereinafter sometimes referred to as A block) composed of a repeating unit having a tertiary amine and a block part having solvent affinity (hereinafter sometimes referred to as B block). As the block part having solvent affinity in the polymer, from the viewpoint of improving solvent affinity and improving dispersibility, the block unit does not have the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and the general formula (I A solvent-affinity block portion having a structural unit copolymerizable with I). In the present invention, the arrangement of each block of the block copolymer is not particularly limited, and for example, an AB block copolymer, an ABA block copolymer, a BAB block copolymer, and the like can be used. Among these, an AB block copolymer or an ABA block copolymer is preferable in terms of excellent dispersibility.
The B block may be the same as the B block of International Publication No. 2016/104493.
 溶剤親和性のブロック部を構成する構成単位の数は、色材分散性が向上する範囲で適宜調整すればよい。中でも、溶剤親和性部位と色材親和性部位が効果的に作用し、色材の分散性を向上する点から、溶剤親和性のブロック部を構成する構成単位の数は、10~200であることが好ましく、10~100であることがより好ましく、更に10~70であることがより好ましい。 The number of structural units constituting the solvent affinity block may be appropriately adjusted within a range where the colorant dispersibility is improved. Among them, the number of structural units constituting the solvent-affinity block part is 10 to 200 from the viewpoint that the solvent-affinity part and the colorant affinity part act effectively and improve the dispersibility of the colorant. It is preferably 10 to 100, more preferably 10 to 70.
 溶剤親和性のブロック部は、溶剤親和性部位として機能するように選択されれば良く、溶剤親和性のブロック部を構成する繰り返し単位は1種からなるものであっても良いし、2種以上の繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。
 本発明の分散剤として用いられるブロック共重合体において、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位のユニット数mと、溶剤親和性のブロック部を構成する他の構成単位のユニット数nの比率m/nとしては、0.01~1の範囲内であることが好ましく、0.05~0.7の範囲内であることが、色材の分散性、分散安定性の点からより好ましい。
The solvent-affinity block part may be selected so as to function as a solvent-affinity site, and the repeating unit constituting the solvent-affinity block part may be composed of one kind, or two or more kinds. The repeating unit may be included.
In the block copolymer used as the dispersant of the present invention, the number of units m of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and the number of units n of other structural units constituting the solvent-affinity block unit The ratio m / n is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 1, and more preferably in the range of 0.05 to 0.7 from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability of the color material. .
 また、中でも、本発明において分散剤は、前記一般式(I)で表される構造を含みアミン価が40mgKOH/g以上120mgKOH/g以下である重合体が、分散性が良好で塗膜形成時に異物を析出せず、輝度及びコントラストを向上する点から好ましい。
 アミン価が上記範囲内であることにより、粘度の経時安定性や耐熱性に優れると共に、アルカリ現像性や、溶剤再溶解性にも優れている。分散剤のアミン価が高いと、分散性および分散安定性が向上し、また、溶剤溶解性及び溶剤再溶解性が向上し、他の成分との相溶性が良好になり、着色層の細線パターンの直線性が向上したり、微小孔のビリツキが抑制されやすくなる。本発明において、分散剤のアミン価は、中でも、アミン価が80mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、90mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましい。一方、溶剤再溶解性の点から、分散剤のアミン価は、110mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、105mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましい。
 アミン価は、試料1g中に含まれるアミン成分を中和するのに要する過塩素酸と当量の水酸化カリウムのmg数をいい、JIS-K7237に定義された方法により測定することができる。当該方法により測定した場合には、分散剤中の有機酸化合物と塩形成しているアミノ基であっても、通常、当該有機酸化合物が解離するため、分散剤として用いられるブロック共重合体そのもののアミン価を測定することができる。
Further, among them, in the present invention, the dispersant is a polymer having an amine value of 40 mgKOH / g or more and 120 mgKOH / g or less that includes the structure represented by the general formula (I), and has good dispersibility. It is preferable from the viewpoint of improving luminance and contrast without depositing foreign matters.
When the amine value is within the above range, the viscosity is excellent in stability over time and heat resistance, and is also excellent in alkali developability and solvent resolubility. When the amine value of the dispersant is high, the dispersibility and dispersion stability are improved, the solvent solubility and the solvent re-solubility are improved, the compatibility with other components is improved, and the fine line pattern of the colored layer The linearity is improved, and the fluctuation of micropores is easily suppressed. In the present invention, the amine value of the dispersant is preferably 80 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 90 mgKOH / g or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of solvent resolubility, the amine value of the dispersant is preferably 110 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 105 mgKOH / g or less.
The amine value refers to the number of mg of potassium hydroxide equivalent to perchloric acid required to neutralize the amine component contained in 1 g of a sample, and can be measured by the method defined in JIS-K7237. When measured by this method, even if it is an amino group that forms a salt with the organic acid compound in the dispersant, the organic acid compound usually dissociates, so that the block copolymer itself used as the dispersant is itself The amine value of can be measured.
 本発明に用いられる分散剤の酸価は、現像残渣の抑制効果の点から、下限としては、1mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましい。中でも、現像残渣の抑制効果がより優れる点から、分散剤の酸価は2mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましい。また、本発明に用いられる分散剤の酸価は、現像密着性の悪化や溶剤再溶解性の悪化を防止でき、着色層の細線パターンの直線性が向上したり、微小孔のビリツキが抑制されやすくなる点から、分散剤の酸価の上限としては、18mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましい。中でも、現像密着性、及び溶剤再溶解性が良好になる点から、分散剤の酸価は、16mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、14mgKOH/g以下であることがさらにより好ましい。
 本発明に用いられる分散剤においては、塩形成前のブロック共重合体の酸価が1mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、2mgKOH/g以上であることがさらに好ましい。現像残渣の抑制効果が向上するからである。また、塩形成前のブロック共重合体の酸価の上限としては18mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましいが、16mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、14mgKOH/g以下であることがさらにより好ましい。現像密着性、及び溶剤再溶解性が良好になるからである。
The acid value of the dispersant used in the present invention is preferably 1 mgKOH / g or more as a lower limit from the viewpoint of the effect of suppressing development residue. Among them, the acid value of the dispersant is more preferably 2 mgKOH / g or more from the viewpoint of more excellent development residue suppression effect. In addition, the acid value of the dispersant used in the present invention can prevent deterioration in development adhesion and solvent resolubility, improve the linearity of the fine line pattern of the colored layer, and suppress the fluctuation of micropores. From the viewpoint of ease, the upper limit of the acid value of the dispersant is preferably 18 mgKOH / g or less. Among these, the acid value of the dispersant is more preferably 16 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 14 mgKOH / g or less, from the viewpoint of improving the development adhesion and the solvent resolubility.
In the dispersant used in the present invention, the acid value of the block copolymer before salt formation is preferably 1 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably 2 mgKOH / g or more. This is because the effect of suppressing the development residue is improved. The upper limit of the acid value of the block copolymer before salt formation is preferably 18 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 16 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 14 mgKOH / g or less. . This is because the development adhesiveness and the solvent resolubility are improved.
 また、本発明において、分散剤のガラス転移温度は、現像密着性が向上する点から、30℃以上であることが好ましい。すなわち、分散剤が、塩形成前ブロック共重合体であっても、塩型ブロック共重合体であっても、そのガラス転移温度は、30℃以上であることが好ましい。分散剤のガラス転移温度が低いと、特に現像液温度(通常23℃程度)に近接し、現像密着性が低下する恐れがある。これは、当該ガラス転移温度が現像液温度に近接すると、現像時に分散剤の運動が大きくなり、その結果、現像密着性が悪化するからと推定される。ガラス転移温度が30℃以上であることによって、現像時の分散剤の分子運動が抑制されることから、現像密着性の低下が抑制されると推定される。
 分散剤のガラス転移温度は、現像密着性の点から中でも32℃以上が好ましく、35℃以上がより好ましい。一方、精秤が容易など、使用時の操作性の観点から、200℃以下であることが好ましい。
 本発明における分散剤のガラス転移温度は、JIS K7121に準拠し、示差走査熱量測定(DSC)により測定することにより求めることができる。
 また、ブロック部及びブロック共重合体のガラス転移温度(Tg)は下記式で計算することができる。
  1/Tg=Σ(Xi/Tgi)
ここでは、ブロック部はi=1からnまでのn個のモノマー成分が共重合しているとする。Xiはi番目のモノマーの重量分率(ΣXi=1)、Tgiはi番目のモノマーの単独重合体のガラス転移温度(絶対温度)である。ただしΣはi=1からnまでの和をとる。なお、各モノマーの単独重合体ガラス転移温度の値(Tgi)は、Polymer Handbook(3rd Edition)(J.Brandrup, E.H.Immergut著(Wiley-Interscience、1989))の値を採用することができる。
Moreover, in this invention, it is preferable that the glass transition temperature of a dispersing agent is 30 degreeC or more from the point which image development adhesiveness improves. That is, whether the dispersant is a block copolymer before salt formation or a salt block copolymer, the glass transition temperature is preferably 30 ° C. or higher. When the glass transition temperature of the dispersant is low, it is particularly close to the developer temperature (usually about 23 ° C.), and the development adhesion may be lowered. This is presumably because when the glass transition temperature is close to the developer temperature, the movement of the dispersant increases during development, resulting in poor development adhesion. When the glass transition temperature is 30 ° C. or higher, the molecular motion of the dispersant during development is suppressed, so that it is estimated that the decrease in development adhesion is suppressed.
The glass transition temperature of the dispersant is preferably 32 ° C. or higher, more preferably 35 ° C. or higher, from the viewpoint of development adhesion. On the other hand, the temperature is preferably 200 ° C. or lower from the viewpoint of operability during use, such as easy precision weighing.
The glass transition temperature of the dispersant in the present invention can be determined by measuring by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) according to JIS K7121.
Moreover, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of a block part and a block copolymer can be calculated by the following formula.
1 / Tg = Σ (Xi / Tgi)
Here, it is assumed that n monomer components from i = 1 to n are copolymerized in the block portion. Xi is the weight fraction of the i-th monomer (ΣXi = 1), and Tgi is the glass transition temperature (absolute temperature) of the homopolymer of the i-th monomer. However, Σ is the sum from i = 1 to n. As the value (Tgi) of the homopolymer glass transition temperature of each monomer, the value of Polymer Handbook (3rd Edition) (by J. Brandrup, EHImmergut (Wiley-Interscience, 1989)) can be adopted.
 色材濃度を高め、分散剤含有量が増加すると、相対的にバインダー量が減少することから、着色樹脂層が現像時に下地基板から剥離し易くなる。分散剤がカルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を含むBブロックを含み、前記特定の酸価及びガラス転移温度を有することにより、現像密着性が向上する。酸価が高すぎると、現像性に優れるものの、極性が高すぎて却って現像時に剥離が生じ易くなると推定される。 When the colorant concentration is increased and the dispersant content is increased, the amount of the binder is relatively decreased, so that the colored resin layer is easily peeled off from the base substrate during development. When the dispersant contains a B block containing a structural unit derived from a carboxy group-containing monomer and has the specific acid value and glass transition temperature, the development adhesion is improved. If the acid value is too high, the developability is excellent, but it is presumed that the polarity is too high and peeling easily occurs during development.
 以上のことから、本発明において前記分散剤は、前記一般式(I)で表される構造を含みアミン価が40mgKOH/g以上120mgKOH/g以下である重合体であって、且つ、酸価が1mgKOH/g以上18mgKOH/g以下で、ガラス転移温度が30℃以上であることが、色材分散安定性に優れてコントラストを向上し、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物を含む着色樹脂組成物とした際に、現像残渣の発生が抑制されながら、溶剤再溶解性に優れ、更に、高い現像密着性を有する点、更には、形状に優れた微小孔を形成し易く、微小孔のビリツキや現像残渣が抑制されやすくなる点から、から好ましい。 From the above, in the present invention, the dispersant is a polymer having a structure represented by the general formula (I) and having an amine value of 40 mgKOH / g or more and 120 mgKOH / g or less, and an acid value. 1 mgKOH / g or more and 18 mgKOH / g or less and having a glass transition temperature of 30 ° C. or more improves the color material dispersion stability and improves the contrast, and includes the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) When a colored resin composition is used, the generation of development residues is suppressed, the solvent resolubility is excellent, the development adhesion is high, and the micropores with excellent shape can be easily formed. It is preferable from the viewpoint that the fluctuation of holes and development residues are easily suppressed.
 前記カルボキシ基含有モノマーとしては、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有するモノマーと共重合可能で、不飽和二重結合とカルボキシ基を含有するモノマーを用いることができる。このようなモノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、ビニル安息香酸、マレイン酸、マレイン酸モノアルキルエステル、フマル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、桂皮酸、アクリル酸ダイマーなどが挙げられる。また、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートなどの水酸基を有する単量体と無水マレイン酸や無水フタル酸、シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸無水物のような環状無水物との付加反応物、ω-カルボキシ-ポリカプロラクトンモノ(メタ)アクリレートなども利用できる。また、カルボキシ基の前駆体として無水マレイン酸、無水イタコン酸、無水シトラコン酸などの酸無水物基含有モノマーを用いてもよい。中でも、共重合性やコスト、溶解性、ガラス転移温度などの点から(メタ)アクリル酸が特に好ましい。 As the carboxy group-containing monomer, a monomer that can be copolymerized with a monomer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and contains an unsaturated double bond and a carboxy group can be used. Examples of such monomers include (meth) acrylic acid, vinyl benzoic acid, maleic acid, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, acrylic acid dimer, and the like. Also, an addition reaction product of a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and a cyclic anhydride such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, or cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride, ω-carboxy-polycaprolactone Mono (meth) acrylates can also be used. Moreover, you may use acid anhydride group containing monomers, such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, and citraconic anhydride, as a precursor of a carboxy group. Among these, (meth) acrylic acid is particularly preferable from the viewpoints of copolymerizability, cost, solubility, glass transition temperature, and the like.
 塩形成前のブロック共重合体中、カルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位の含有割合は、ブロック共重合体の酸価が前記特定の酸価の範囲内になるように適宜設定すればよく、特に限定されないが、ブロック共重合体の全構成単位の合計質量に対して、0.05質量%~4.5質量%であることが好ましく、0.07質量%~3.7質量%であることがより好ましい。
 カルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位の含有割合が、前記下限値以上であることより、現像残渣の抑制効果が発現され、前記上限値以下であることより現像密着性の悪化や溶剤再溶解性の悪化を防止できる。
 なお、カルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位は、上記特定の酸価となればよく、1種からなるものであっても良いし、2種以上の構成単位を含んでいてもよい。
In the block copolymer before salt formation, the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the carboxy group-containing monomer may be appropriately set so that the acid value of the block copolymer is within the range of the specific acid value. Although not limited, it is preferably 0.05% by mass to 4.5% by mass, and preferably 0.07% by mass to 3.7% by mass with respect to the total mass of all the structural units of the block copolymer. Is more preferable.
Since the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the carboxy group-containing monomer is not less than the lower limit value, the effect of suppressing the development residue is expressed, and since it is not more than the upper limit value, the development adhesiveness is deteriorated and the solvent resolubility is reduced. Deterioration can be prevented.
In addition, the structural unit derived from a carboxy group containing monomer should just become said specific acid value, may consist of 1 type, and may contain 2 or more types of structural units.
 また、本発明に用いられる分散剤のガラス転移温度を特定の値以上とし、現像密着性が向上する点から、モノマーの単独重合体のガラス転移温度の値(Tgi)が10℃以上であるモノマーを、合計でBブロック中に75質量%以上とすることが好ましく、更に85質量%以上とすることが好ましい。 Moreover, the monomer whose glass transition temperature (Tgi) of the homopolymer of the monomer is 10 ° C. or higher from the viewpoint that the glass transition temperature of the dispersant used in the present invention is a specific value or higher and development adhesion is improved. Is preferably 75% by mass or more, and more preferably 85% by mass or more in the B block.
 前記ブロック共重合体において、前記Aブロックの構成単位のユニット数mと、前記Bブロックの構成単位のユニット数nの比率m/nとしては、0.05~1.5の範囲内であることが好ましく、0.1~1.0の範囲内であることが、色材の分散性、分散安定性の点からより好ましい。 In the block copolymer, the ratio m / n of the unit number m of the structural unit of the A block and the unit number n of the structural unit of the B block is in the range of 0.05 to 1.5. The range of 0.1 to 1.0 is more preferable from the viewpoint of the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the color material.
 前記ブロック共重合体の重量平均分子量Mwは、特に限定されないが、色材分散性及び分散安定性を良好なものとする点から、1000~20000であることが好ましく、2000~15000であることがより好ましく、更に3000~12000であることがより好ましい。
 ここで、重量平均分子量は(Mw)、ゲル・パーミエーション・クロマトグラフィー(GPC)により、標準ポリスチレン換算値として求める。なお、ブロック共重合体の原料となるマクロモノマーや塩型ブロック共重合体、グラフト共重合体についても、上記条件で行う。
The weight average molecular weight Mw of the block copolymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1000 to 20000, and preferably 2000 to 15000 from the viewpoint of good colorant dispersibility and dispersion stability. More preferably, it is more preferably 3000 to 12000.
Here, the weight average molecular weight is determined as a standard polystyrene conversion value by (Mw) and gel permeation chromatography (GPC). The macromonomer, salt-type block copolymer, and graft copolymer that are the raw materials for the block copolymer are also subjected to the above conditions.
 このような3級アミンを有する繰り返し単位からなるブロック部と溶剤親和性を有するブロック部とを有するブロック共重合体の具体例としては、例えば、特許第4911253号公報に記載のブロック共重合体を好適なものとして挙げることができる。 As a specific example of a block copolymer having a block part composed of a repeating unit having a tertiary amine and a block part having a solvent affinity, for example, a block copolymer described in Japanese Patent No. 4911253 is used. It can be mentioned as a suitable thing.
 上記3級アミンを有する繰り返し単位を含む重合体を分散剤として用いて、前記色材を分散する場合には、色材100質量部に対して、当該3級アミンを有する繰り返し単位を含む重合体の含有量が15質量部~300質量部であることが好ましく、20質量部~250質量部であることがより好ましい。上記範囲内であれば分散性及び分散安定性に優れ、コントラストを向上する効果が高くなる。 In the case of dispersing the colorant using a polymer containing a repeating unit having a tertiary amine as a dispersant, the polymer containing a repeating unit having the tertiary amine with respect to 100 parts by mass of the coloring material. The content of is preferably 15 parts by mass to 300 parts by mass, and more preferably 20 parts by mass to 250 parts by mass. If it is in the said range, it is excellent in the dispersibility and dispersion stability, and the effect which improves a contrast becomes high.
 本発明においては、色材の分散性や分散安定性の点から、前記3級アミンを有する繰り返し単位を含む重合体中のアミノ基のうちの少なくとも一部と、有機酸化合物やハロゲン化炭化水素とが塩を形成したものを分散剤として用いても好ましい(以下、このような重合体を、塩型重合体と称することがある)。
 中でも、3級アミンを有する繰り返し単位を含む重合体がブロック共重合体であって、前記有機酸化合物がフェニルホスホン酸やフェニルホスフィン酸等の酸性有機リン化合物であることが、色材の分散性及び分散安定性に優れる点から好ましい。このような分散剤に用いられる有機酸化合物の具体例としては、例えば、特開2012-236882号公報等に記載の有機酸化合物が好適なものとして挙げられる。
 また、前記ハロゲン化炭化水素としては、臭化アリル、塩化ベンジル等のハロゲン化アリル及びハロゲン化アラルキルの少なくとも1種であることが、色材の分散性及び分散安定性に優れる点から好ましい。
In the present invention, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material, at least a part of the amino group in the polymer containing the repeating unit having the tertiary amine, an organic acid compound, and a halogenated hydrocarbon. It is also preferable to use a salt forming a salt as a dispersant (hereinafter, such a polymer may be referred to as a salt-type polymer).
Among them, the polymer containing a repeating unit having a tertiary amine is a block copolymer, and the organic acid compound is an acidic organic phosphorus compound such as phenylphosphonic acid or phenylphosphinic acid. And preferred from the viewpoint of excellent dispersion stability. Specific examples of the organic acid compound used for such a dispersant include, for example, organic acid compounds described in JP 2012-236882 A and the like.
The halogenated hydrocarbon is preferably at least one of allyl halides such as allyl bromide and benzyl chloride and aralkyl halides from the viewpoint of excellent dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material.
 分散剤を用いる場合の含有量としては、色材を均一に分散することができるものであれば特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して1質量%~40質量%で用いることができる。更に、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して2質量%~30質量%で配合するのが好ましく、特に3質量%~25質量%の割合で配合するのが好ましい。上記下限値以上であれば、色材の分散性及び分散安定性に優れ、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の保存安定性により優れている。また、上記上限値以下であれば、現像性が良好なものとなる。特に色材濃度が高い着色層を形成する場合には、分散剤の含有量は、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、2質量%~25質量%、より好ましくは3質量%~20質量%の割合で配合することが好ましい。 The content in the case of using a dispersant is not particularly limited as long as it can uniformly disperse the coloring material. For example, the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters is used. On the other hand, it can be used in an amount of 1 to 40% by mass. Further, it is preferably blended in an amount of 2 to 30% by weight, particularly preferably 3 to 25% by weight, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. If it is more than the said lower limit, it is excellent in the storage stability of the dispersibility and dispersion stability of a color material, and the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters. Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, developability will become favorable. In particular, when a colored layer having a high colorant concentration is formed, the content of the dispersant is 2% by mass to 25% by mass, more preferably based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. It is preferable to blend at a ratio of 3% by mass to 20% by mass.
[酸化防止剤]
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、更に酸化防止剤を含むものであってもよい。本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物と組み合わせて酸化防止剤を含むことにより、耐熱性を向上することができ、露光及びポストベーク後の輝度低下を抑制できるため輝度を向上することができ、また、硬化膜に微小孔を形成する際に硬化性を損なうことなく微小孔内の過度なラジカル連鎖反応を制御できるため、所望の形状の微小孔をより容易に形成することができる。
 本発明に用いられる酸化防止剤としては、特に限定されず、従来公知のものの中から適宜選択すればよい。酸化防止剤の具体例としては、例えば、ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤、アミン系酸化防止剤、リン系酸化防止剤、硫黄系酸化防止剤、ヒドラジン系酸化防止剤等が挙げられ、耐熱性の点及び微小孔の形状を良好にする点から、ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤を用いることが好ましい。
[Antioxidant]
The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention may further contain an antioxidant. The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention can improve heat resistance by including an antioxidant in combination with the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1). Since it is possible to suppress the luminance decrease after post-baking, the luminance can be improved, and excessive radical chain reaction in the micropores can be controlled without impairing the curability when forming the micropores in the cured film, Micropores having a desired shape can be formed more easily.
The antioxidant used in the present invention is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected from conventionally known ones. Specific examples of antioxidants include, for example, hindered phenol antioxidants, amine antioxidants, phosphorus antioxidants, sulfur antioxidants, hydrazine antioxidants, and the like. It is preferable to use a hindered phenol type antioxidant from the point which makes the shape of a point and a micropore favorable.
 ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤とは、少なくとも1つのフェノール構造を含有し、当該フェノール構造の水酸基の2位と6位の少なくとも1つに炭素原子数4以上の置換基が置換されている構造を有する酸化防止剤を意味する。
 ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤の具体例としては、例えば、ジブチルヒドロキシトルエン(BHT)、ペンタエリトリトールテトラキス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオナート](商品名:イルガノックス1010、BASF製)、1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)イソシアヌレート(商品名:イルガノックス3114、BASF製)、2,4,6-トリス(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-tert-ブチルベンジル)メシチレン(商品名:イルガノックス1330、BASF製)、6-(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-tert-ブチルアニリノ)-2,4-ビス(オクチルチオ)-1,3,5-トリアジン(商品名:イルガノックス565、BASF製)、2,2’-チオジエチルビス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオナート](商品名:イルガノックス1035、BASF製)、1,2-ビス[3-(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニル)プロピオニル]ヒドラジン(商品名:イルガノックスMD1024、BASF製)、3-(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジイソプロピルフェニル)プロピオン酸オクチル(商品名:イルガノックス1135、BASF製)、4,6-ビス(オクチルチオメチル)-o-クレゾール(商品名:イルガノックス1520L、BASF製)、N,N’-ヘキサメチレンビス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパンアミド](商品名:イルガノックス1098、BASF製)、1,6-ヘキサンジオールビス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオナート](商品名:イルガノックス259、BASF製)、1-ジメチル-2-[(3-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-メチルフェニル)プロピオニルオキシ]エチル]2,4,8,10-テトラオキサスピロ[5.5]ウンデカン(商品名:ADK STAB AO-80、アデカ製)、ビス(3-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-メチルベンゼンプロピオン酸)エチレンビス(オキシエチレン)(商品名:イルガノックス245、BASF製)、1,3,5-トリス[[4-(1,1-ジメチルエチル)-3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチルフェニル]メチル]-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン(商品名:イルガノックス1790、BASF製)、2,2’-メチレンビス(6-tert-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール)(商品名:スミライザーMDP-S、住友化学製)、6,6’-チオビス(2-tert-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール)(商品名:イルガノックス1081、BASF製)、3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジルホスホン酸ジエチル(商品名:イルガモド195、BASF製)、アクリル酸2-tert-ブチル-4-メチル-6-(2-ヒドロキシ-3-tert-ブチル-5-メチルベンジル)フェニル(商品名:スミライザーGM、住友化学製)、4,4’-チオビス(6-tert-ブチル-m-クレゾール) (商品名:スミライザーWX-R、住友化学製)、6,6'-ジ-tert-ブチル-4,4'-ブチリデンジ-m-クレゾール(商品名:アデカスタブ AO-40、ADEKA製)等が挙げられる。その他ヒンダードフェノール構造を有するオリゴマータイプ及びポリマータイプの化合物等も使用することが出来る。
The hindered phenol antioxidant contains at least one phenol structure, and has a structure in which a substituent having 4 or more carbon atoms is substituted on at least one of the 2-position and 6-position of the hydroxyl group of the phenol structure. Means an antioxidant.
Specific examples of the hindered phenol antioxidant include, for example, dibutylhydroxytoluene (BHT), pentaerythritol tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (trade name: Irganox 1010, manufactured by BASF), 1,3,5-tris (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) isocyanurate (trade name: Irganox 3114, manufactured by BASF), 2,4,6 Tris (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylbenzyl) mesitylene (trade name: Irganox 1330, manufactured by BASF), 6- (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylanilino) -2 , 4-Bis (octylthio) -1,3,5-triazine (trade name: Irganox 565) BASF), 2,2′-thiodiethylbis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (trade name: Irganox 1035, manufactured by BASF), 1,2-bis [3- (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylphenyl) propionyl] hydrazine (trade name: Irganox MD1024, manufactured by BASF), 3- (4-hydroxy-3,5-diisopropylphenyl) propionic acid Octyl (trade name: Irganox 1135, manufactured by BASF), 4,6-bis (octylthiomethyl) -o-cresol (trade name: Irganox 1520L, manufactured by BASF), N, N′-hexamethylenebis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propanamide] (trade name: Irganox) 1098, manufactured by BASF), 1,6-hexanediol bis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (trade name: Irganox 259, manufactured by BASF), 1-dimethyl- 2-[(3-tert-Butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl) propionyloxy] ethyl] 2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro [5.5] undecane (trade name: ADK STAB AO-80 , Manufactured by Adeka), bis (3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylbenzenepropionic acid) ethylene bis (oxyethylene) (trade name: Irganox 245, manufactured by BASF), 1,3,5-tris [ [4- (1,1-dimethylethyl) -3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylphenyl] methyl] -1,3,5-triazine- , 4,6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione (trade name: Irganox 1790, manufactured by BASF), 2,2′-methylenebis (6-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (trade name: Sumilyzer MDP- S, manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), 6,6′-thiobis (2-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (trade name: Irganox 1081, manufactured by BASF), 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy Diethyl benzylphosphonate (trade name: Irgamod 195, manufactured by BASF), 2-tert-butyl-4-methyl-6- (2-hydroxy-3-tert-butyl-5-methylbenzyl) phenyl acrylate (trade name: Sumilizer GM, manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd., 4,4'-thiobis (6-tert-butyl-m-cresol) (trade name: Sumilizer WX R, manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), 6,6'-di -tert- butyl-4,4'-Buchiridenji -m- cresol (trade name: ADK STAB AO-40, manufactured by ADEKA), and the like. In addition, oligomer-type and polymer-type compounds having a hindered phenol structure can also be used.
 また、本発明においては、酸化防止剤として、潜在性酸化防止剤を用いても良い。本発明において潜在性酸化防止剤とは、加熱により脱離可能な保護基を有する化合物であって、当該保護基が脱離することにより、酸化防止機能を発現する化合物である。中でも150℃以上で加熱することにより、保護基が脱離しやすくなるものが好ましい。潜在性酸化防止剤は、露光時においては酸化防止機能を持たないため、光開始剤から発生したラジカルを失活せず、感度の低下を抑制し、線幅の細りを抑制し、残膜率を向上し易い。一方、露光後に行われる加熱工程においては、前記保護基が脱離して酸化防止効果が発現するため、色材等の退色が抑制されて、高輝度な着色層が得られる。
 本発明において好適に用いられる潜在性酸化防止剤としては、耐熱性の点及び微小孔の形状を良好にする点から、ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤のフェノール性水酸基を加熱により脱離可能な保護基で保護した潜在性ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤が挙げられ、具体例としては下記化学式(a)~(c)等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
In the present invention, a latent antioxidant may be used as the antioxidant. In the present invention, the latent antioxidant is a compound having a protecting group that can be removed by heating, and exhibiting an antioxidant function when the protecting group is eliminated. Among them, those which are easy to remove the protecting group by heating at 150 ° C. or higher are preferable. Since the latent antioxidant does not have an antioxidant function at the time of exposure, it does not deactivate radicals generated from the photoinitiator, suppresses a decrease in sensitivity, suppresses line width thinning, and a remaining film ratio It is easy to improve. On the other hand, in the heating step performed after exposure, the protective group is eliminated and an antioxidant effect is exhibited, so that fading of a color material or the like is suppressed and a high-luminance colored layer is obtained.
The latent antioxidant suitably used in the present invention is a protection capable of detaching the phenolic hydroxyl group of the hindered phenolic antioxidant by heating from the viewpoint of heat resistance and good micropore shape. And latent hindered phenol antioxidants protected with a group, and specific examples thereof include the following chemical formulas (a) to (c), but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 前記潜在性酸化防止剤の製造方法は特に限定されないが、例えば、特開昭57-111375、特開平3-173843、特開平6-128195、特開平7-206771、特開平7-252191、特表2004-501128の各公報に記載された方法により製造されたフェノール系化合物と、酸無水物、酸塩化物、Boc化試薬、アルキルハライド化合物、シリルクロライド化合物、アリルエーテル化合物等を反応させて得ることができる。また、市販品を用いてもよい。
 前記加熱により脱離可能な保護基としては、例えば、酸無水物、酸塩化物、Boc化試薬、アルキルハライド化合物、シリルクロライド化合物、又はアリルエーテル化合物の反応残基が挙げられ、典型的には、t-ブトキシカルボニル基が挙げられる。
The method for producing the latent antioxidant is not particularly limited. For example, JP-A-57-111375, JP-A-3-173843, JP-A-6-128195, JP-A-7-207771, JP-A-7-252191, special table. Obtained by reacting a phenolic compound produced by the method described in each publication of 2004-501128 with an acid anhydride, acid chloride, Boc reagent, alkyl halide compound, silyl chloride compound, allyl ether compound, etc. Can do. Moreover, you may use a commercial item.
Examples of the protecting group that can be removed by heating include a reaction residue of an acid anhydride, an acid chloride, a Boc reagent, an alkyl halide compound, a silyl chloride compound, or an allyl ether compound. , T-butoxycarbonyl group.
 酸化防止剤を用いる場合の含有量としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して0.1質量%~20質量%で用いることができる。更に、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して0.2質量%~10質量%で配合するのが好ましく、特に0.3質量%~5質量%の割合であることが、前記光開始剤との併用効果を十分に発揮させる点から好ましい。 The content when the antioxidant is used is not particularly limited. For example, the content is 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter. be able to. Further, it is preferably blended in an amount of 0.2% by mass to 10% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter, and the ratio is particularly preferably 0.3% by mass to 5% by mass. From the viewpoint of sufficiently exerting the combined effect with the photoinitiator.
 また、本発明のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、更に酸化防止剤を含む場合は、前記光開始剤との併用効果を十分に発揮させる点から、前記本発明に用いられる光開始剤の合計100質量部に対して、10質量部以上であることが好ましく、20質量部以上であることがより好ましく、30質量部以上であることが更に好ましい。
 一方で、適度な感度維持の点から、前記本発明に用いられる光開始剤の合計100質量部に対して、300質量部以下であることが好ましく、200質量部以下であることがより好ましい。
In addition, when the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention further contains an antioxidant, the photoinitiator used in the present invention is sufficiently effective for the combined use with the photoinitiator. Is preferably 10 parts by mass or more, more preferably 20 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 30 parts by mass or more.
On the other hand, from the standpoint of maintaining moderate sensitivity, it is preferably 300 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 200 parts by mass or less, with respect to 100 parts by mass in total of the photoinitiator used in the present invention.
[任意添加成分]
 カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物には、必要に応じて各種添加剤を含むものであってもよい。添加剤としては、例えば、重合停止剤、連鎖移動剤、レベリング剤、可塑剤、界面活性剤、消泡剤、シランカップリング剤、紫外線吸収剤、密着促進剤等などが挙げられる。
 界面活性剤及び可塑剤の具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のものが挙げられる。
[Optional components]
The photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters may contain various additives as necessary. Examples of the additive include a polymerization terminator, a chain transfer agent, a leveling agent, a plasticizer, a surfactant, an antifoaming agent, a silane coupling agent, an ultraviolet absorber, and an adhesion promoter.
Specific examples of the surfactant and the plasticizer include those described in JP2013-029832A.
 本発明に用いられる色材の質量(P)と、当該色材以外の固形分の質量(V)との比(以下、「P/V比」ということがある)は、カラーフィルタの着色層とした場合に、所望の発色が可能であればよく、特に限定されないが、0.05以上1.00以下の範囲内であることが好ましく、0.10以上0.80以下の範囲内であることがより好ましく、0.15以上0.75以下の範囲内であることがさらに好ましく、0.20以上0.70以下の範囲内であることが特に好ましい。当該P/V比が上記範囲であることにより、所望の発色が可能な着色層が形成可能なカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物とすることができ、さらに上記カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物中において、均一に分散することができる。 The ratio of the mass (P) of the color material used in the present invention to the mass (V) of the solid content other than the color material (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “P / V ratio”) is the colored layer of the color filter. In this case, it is only necessary that the desired color can be produced, and it is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 0.05 or more and 1.00 or less, and is in the range of 0.10 or more and 0.80 or less. More preferably, it is more preferably in the range of 0.15 or more and 0.75 or less, and particularly preferably in the range of 0.20 or more and 0.70 or less. When the P / V ratio is in the above range, a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter capable of forming a colored layer capable of forming a desired color can be obtained, and further, the above photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter. It can be uniformly dispersed in the product.
 赤色着色樹脂組成物とする場合には、所望の発色の観点から、P/V比は0.50以上であることが好ましく、更に0.60以上であることが好ましく、より更に0.74以上であることが好ましい。また、1.0以下であることが好ましい。
 緑色着色樹脂組成物とする場合には、所望の発色の観点から、P/V比は0.46以上であることが好ましく、更に0.56以上であることが好ましく、より更に0.68以上であることが好ましい。また、1.0以下であることが好ましい。
 青色着色樹脂組成物とする場合には、所望の発色の観点から、P/V比は0.24以上であることが好ましく、更に0.34以上であることが好ましく、より更に0.41以上であることが好ましい。また、1.0以下であることが好ましい。それぞれ、上記下限値以上であれば、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の色濃度を高くすることができ、カラーフィルタ画素をより高演色、より低膜厚なものとすることができる。また、それぞれ上限値以下であれば保存安定性に優れると共に、充分な硬度や、基板との密着性を有する着色層を得ることができる。
In the case of a red colored resin composition, from the viewpoint of desired color development, the P / V ratio is preferably 0.50 or more, more preferably 0.60 or more, and even more preferably 0.74 or more. It is preferable that Moreover, it is preferable that it is 1.0 or less.
In the case of a green colored resin composition, from the viewpoint of desired color development, the P / V ratio is preferably 0.46 or more, more preferably 0.56 or more, and even more preferably 0.68 or more. It is preferable that Moreover, it is preferable that it is 1.0 or less.
In the case of a blue colored resin composition, from the viewpoint of desired color development, the P / V ratio is preferably 0.24 or more, more preferably 0.34 or more, and still more preferably 0.41 or more. It is preferable that Moreover, it is preferable that it is 1.0 or less. If it is more than the said lower limit, respectively, the color density of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters can be made high, and a color filter pixel can be made to have a higher color rendering and a lower film thickness. Moreover, if each is below an upper limit, while being excellent in storage stability, the colored layer which has sufficient hardness and adhesiveness with a board | substrate can be obtained.
<カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の製造方法>
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の製造方法は、色材と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、溶剤と、好ましくは分散剤と、酸化防止剤と、所望により用いられる各種添加成分とを含有し、色材が分散剤により溶剤中に均一に分散されうる方法であることがコントラストを向上する点から好ましく、公知の混合手段を用いて混合することにより、調製することができる。
 当該樹脂組成物の調製方法としては、例えば、(1)まず溶剤中に、色材と、分散剤とを添加して色材分散液を調製し、当該分散液に、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、所望により用いられる各種添加成分を混合する方法;(2)溶剤中に、色材と、分散剤と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、所望により用いられる各種添加成分とを同時に投入し混合する方法;(3)溶剤中に、分散剤と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、所望により用いられる各種添加成分とを添加し、混合したのち、色材を加えて分散する方法;(4)溶剤中に、色材と、分散剤と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂とを添加して色材分散液を調製し、当該分散液に、更にアルカリ可溶性樹脂と、溶剤と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、所望により用いられる各種添加成分を添加し、混合する方法;などを挙げることができる。
 これらの方法の中で、上記(1)及び(4)の方法が、色材の凝集を効果的に防ぎ、均一に分散させ得る点から好ましい。
<Method for Producing Photosensitive Colored Resin Composition for Color Filter>
The method for producing a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention comprises a coloring material, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, a solvent, preferably a dispersant, and an antioxidant. From the point of improving contrast, it is preferable that the colorant can be uniformly dispersed in the solvent by a dispersant, containing various additive components used as desired, and mixing using a known mixing means Can be prepared.
As a method for preparing the resin composition, for example, (1) First, a color material and a dispersant are added to a solvent to prepare a color material dispersion, and the alkali-soluble resin, light, A method of mixing a polymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, and various additive components used as desired; (2) In a solvent, a coloring material, a dispersant, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, and a photoinitiator (3) In a solvent, a dispersant, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, and a photoinitiator are optionally used. A method in which various additive components are added and mixed, and then a color material is added and dispersed; (4) A color material dispersion is prepared by adding a color material, a dispersant, and an alkali-soluble resin to a solvent. The dispersion is further mixed with an alkali-soluble resin, a solvent, and light. And the like; and polymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, by adding various additive components optionally used, mixing method.
Among these methods, the above methods (1) and (4) are preferable from the viewpoint that the aggregation of the coloring material can be effectively prevented and dispersed uniformly.
 色材分散液を調製する方法は、従来公知の分散方法の中から適宜選択して用いることができる。例えば、(1)予め、分散剤を溶剤に混合、撹拌し、分散剤溶液を調製し、次いで必要に応じて有機酸化合物を混合して分散剤が有するアミノ基と有機酸化合物との塩形成させる。これを色材と必要に応じてその他の成分を混合し、公知の攪拌機または分散機を用いて分散させる方法;(2)分散剤を溶剤に混合、撹拌し、分散剤溶液を調製し、次いで、色材及び必要に応じて有機酸化合物と、更に必要に応じてその他の成分を混合し、公知の攪拌機または分散機を用いて分散させる方法;(3)分散剤を溶剤に混合、攪拌し、分散剤溶液を調整し、次いで、色材及び必要に応じてその他の成分を混合し、公知の攪拌機または分散機を用いて分散液としたのちに、必要に応じて有機酸化合物を添加する方法などが挙げられる。 The method for preparing the colorant dispersion can be appropriately selected from conventionally known dispersion methods. For example, (1) A dispersant is mixed and stirred in advance to prepare a dispersant solution, and then an organic acid compound is mixed as necessary to form a salt between the amino group of the dispersant and the organic acid compound. Let A method of mixing this with a coloring material and other components as necessary, and dispersing the mixture using a known stirrer or disperser; (2) Mixing and stirring a dispersant in a solvent to prepare a dispersant solution; A method of mixing a coloring material and, if necessary, an organic acid compound and, if necessary, other components and dispersing the mixture using a known stirrer or disperser; (3) mixing and stirring a dispersant in a solvent. Then, the dispersant solution is prepared, then the colorant and other components are mixed as necessary, and the mixture is made into a dispersion using a known stirrer or disperser, and then an organic acid compound is added as necessary. The method etc. are mentioned.
 分散処理を行うための分散機としては、2本ロール、3本ロール等のロールミル、ボールミル、振動ボールミル等のボールミル、ペイントコンディショナー、連続ディスク型ビーズミル、連続アニュラー型ビーズミル等のビーズミルが挙げられる。ビーズミルの好ましい分散条件として、使用するビーズ径は0.03mm~2.00mmが好ましく、より好ましくは0.10mm~1.0mmである。 Examples of the dispersing machine for performing the dispersion treatment include roll mills such as two rolls and three rolls, ball mills such as a ball mill and a vibration ball mill, bead mills such as a paint conditioner, a continuous disk type bead mill, and a continuous annular type bead mill. As a preferable dispersion condition of the bead mill, the bead diameter to be used is preferably 0.03 mm to 2.00 mm, and more preferably 0.10 mm to 1.0 mm.
II.カラーフィルタ
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、基板と、当該基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の硬化物からなる着色層を有する。
II. Color filter The color filter according to the present invention is a color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, and at least one of the colored layers is a photosensitive for color filter according to the present invention. It has a colored layer made of a cured product of the colored resin composition.
 このような本発明に係るカラーフィルタについて、図を参照しながら説明する。図1は、本発明のカラーフィルタの一例を示す概略断面図である。図1によれば、本発明のカラーフィルタ10は、基板1と、遮光部2と、着色層3とを有している。 Such a color filter according to the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a schematic sectional view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention. According to FIG. 1, the color filter 10 of the present invention has a substrate 1, a light shielding part 2, and a colored layer 3.
(着色層)
 本発明のカラーフィルタに用いられる着色層は、少なくとも1つが、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の硬化物からなる着色層である。
 着色層は、通常、後述する基板上の遮光部の開口部に形成され、通常3色以上の着色パターンから構成される。
 また、当該着色層の配列としては、特に限定されず、例えば、ストライプ型、モザイク型、トライアングル型、4画素配置型等の一般的な配列とすることができる。また、着色層の幅、面積等は任意に設定することができる。
 当該着色層の厚みは、塗布方法、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分濃度や粘度等を調整することにより、適宜制御されるが、通常、1μm~5μmの範囲であることが好ましい。
(Colored layer)
At least one of the colored layers used in the color filter of the present invention is a colored layer made of a cured product of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters according to the present invention.
The colored layer is usually formed in an opening of a light shielding part on the substrate to be described later, and is usually composed of a colored pattern of three or more colors.
In addition, the arrangement of the colored layers is not particularly limited, and for example, a general arrangement such as a stripe type, a mosaic type, a triangle type, or a four-pixel arrangement type can be used. Moreover, the width | variety, area, etc. of a colored layer can be set arbitrarily.
The thickness of the colored layer is appropriately controlled by adjusting the coating method, the solid content concentration, the viscosity, etc. of the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter, but is usually preferably in the range of 1 μm to 5 μm. .
 当該着色層は、例えば、下記の方法により形成することができる。
 まず、前述した本発明のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を、スプレーコート法、ディップコート法、バーコート法、ロールコート法、スピンコート法、ダイコート法などの塗布手段を用いて後述する基板上に塗布して、ウェット塗膜を形成させる。なかでもスピンコート法、ダイコート法を好ましく用いることができる。
 次いで、ホットプレートやオーブンなどを用いて、該ウェット塗膜を乾燥させたのち、これに、所定のパターンのマスクを介して露光し、アルカリ可溶性樹脂及び光重合性化合物等を光重合反応させて硬化塗膜とする。露光に使用される光源としては、例えば低圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、メタルハライドランプなどの紫外線、電子線等が挙げられる。露光量は、使用する光源や塗膜の厚みなどによって適宜調整される。
 また、露光後に重合反応を促進させるために、加熱処理を行ってもよい。加熱条件は、使用するカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物中の各成分の配合割合や、塗膜の厚み等によって適宜選択される。
The colored layer can be formed by the following method, for example.
First, the above-described photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of the present invention is applied to a substrate described later using a coating means such as spray coating, dip coating, bar coating, roll coating, spin coating, or die coating. Apply on top to form a wet coating. Of these, spin coating and die coating can be preferably used.
Next, after drying the wet coating film using a hot plate or oven, it is exposed to light through a mask having a predetermined pattern, and an alkali-soluble resin and a photopolymerizable compound are subjected to a photopolymerization reaction. Let it be a cured coating film. Examples of the light source used for exposure include ultraviolet rays such as a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, and a metal halide lamp, and an electron beam. The exposure amount is appropriately adjusted depending on the light source used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
Moreover, in order to promote a polymerization reaction after exposure, you may heat-process. The heating conditions are appropriately selected depending on the blending ratio of each component in the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter to be used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
 次に、現像液を用いて現像処理し、未露光部分を溶解、除去することにより、所望のパターンで塗膜が形成される。現像液としては、通常、水や水溶性溶剤にアルカリを溶解させた溶液が用いられる。このアルカリ溶液には、界面活性剤などを適量添加してもよい。
また、現像方法は一般的な方法を採用することができる。
 現像処理後は、通常、現像液の洗浄、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の硬化塗膜の乾燥が行われ、着色層が形成される。なお、現像処理後に、塗膜を十分に硬化させるために加熱処理を行ってもよい。加熱条件としては特に限定はなく、塗膜の用途に応じて適宜選択される。
Next, it develops using a developing solution, a coating film is formed with a desired pattern by melt | dissolving and removing an unexposed part. As the developer, a solution in which an alkali is dissolved in water or a water-soluble solvent is usually used. An appropriate amount of a surfactant or the like may be added to the alkaline solution.
Further, a general method can be adopted as the developing method.
After the development treatment, usually, the developer is washed and the cured coating film of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter is dried to form a colored layer. In addition, you may heat-process in order to fully harden a coating film after image development processing. The heating conditions are not particularly limited and are appropriately selected depending on the application of the coating film.
 また、本発明に係るカラーフィルタをカラーフィルタオンアレイ構造とする場合等には、前記現像処理の際に、前記着色層に微小孔を形成してもよい。本発明においては、上述したカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を用いることから、着色層に所望の微小孔を容易に形成することができる。前記微小孔の形状は、用途に応じて適宜選択され、特に限定されないが、本発明においては、例えば、10μm×10μm~30μm×30μm程度の大きさの微小孔を形成することができる。また、微小孔の形状は特に限定されず、例えば、円形、楕円形、多角形等が挙げられる。
 着色層に微小孔を形成する方法としては、例えば、着色層を形成する際に用いるフォトマスクとして、細線パターンを形成可能なパターンフォトマスクの開口パターン内に、微小孔を形成するための微小なマスクを配置したパターンフォトマスクを用いる方法が挙げられる。
In addition, when the color filter according to the present invention has a color filter-on-array structure, micropores may be formed in the colored layer during the development process. In the present invention, since the above-described photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter is used, desired micropores can be easily formed in the colored layer. The shape of the micropore is appropriately selected according to the application and is not particularly limited. In the present invention, for example, a micropore having a size of about 10 μm × 10 μm to 30 μm × 30 μm can be formed. Moreover, the shape of a micropore is not specifically limited, For example, circular, an ellipse, a polygon etc. are mentioned.
As a method for forming micropores in the colored layer, for example, as a photomask used for forming the colored layer, a microhole for forming micropores in an opening pattern of a pattern photomask capable of forming a fine line pattern is used. There is a method using a pattern photomask in which a mask is arranged.
(遮光部)
 本発明のカラーフィルタにおける遮光部は、後述する基板上にパターン状に形成されるものであって、一般的なカラーフィルタに遮光部として用いられるものと同様とすることができる。
 当該遮光部のパターン形状としては、特に限定されず、例えば、ストライプ状、マトリクス状等の形状が挙げられる。遮光部は、スパッタリング法、真空蒸着法等によるクロム等の金属薄膜であっても良い。或いは、遮光部は、樹脂バインダー中にカーボン微粒子、金属酸化物、無機顔料、有機顔料等の遮光性粒子を含有させた樹脂層であってもよい。遮光性粒子を含有させた樹脂層の場合には、感光性レジストを用いて現像によりパターニングする方法、遮光性粒子を含有するインクジェットインクを用いてパターニングする方法、感光性レジストを熱転写する方法等がある。
(Shading part)
The light shielding part in the color filter of the present invention is formed in a pattern on a substrate to be described later, and can be the same as that used as a light shielding part in a general color filter.
The pattern shape of the light shielding portion is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a stripe shape and a matrix shape. The light shielding part may be a metal thin film such as chromium by sputtering, vacuum deposition or the like. Alternatively, the light shielding part may be a resin layer in which light shielding particles such as carbon fine particles, metal oxides, inorganic pigments, and organic pigments are contained in a resin binder. In the case of a resin layer containing light-shielding particles, there are a method of patterning by development using a photosensitive resist, a method of patterning using an inkjet ink containing light-shielding particles, a method of thermally transferring the photosensitive resist, etc. is there.
 遮光部の膜厚としては、金属薄膜の場合は0.2μm~0.4μm程度で設定され、黒色顔料をバインダー樹脂中に分散又は溶解させたものである場合は0.5μm~2μm程度で設定される。 The film thickness of the light shielding part is set to about 0.2 μm to 0.4 μm in the case of a metal thin film, and is set to about 0.5 μm to 2 μm in the case where a black pigment is dispersed or dissolved in a binder resin. Is done.
(基板)
 基板としては、後述する透明基板、シリコン基板、及び、透明基板又はシリコン基板上にアルミニウム、銀、銀/銅/パラジウム合金薄膜などを形成したものが用いられる。これらの基板上には、別のカラーフィルタ層、樹脂層、TFT等のトランジスタ、回路等が形成されていてもよい。
(substrate)
As the substrate, a transparent substrate, a silicon substrate, and a transparent substrate or a substrate in which an aluminum, silver, silver / copper / palladium alloy thin film or the like is formed on a transparent substrate or a silicon substrate, which will be described later, are used. On these substrates, another color filter layer, a resin layer, a transistor such as a TFT, a circuit, or the like may be formed.
 本発明のカラーフィルタにおける透明基板としては、可視光に対して透明な基材であればよく、特に限定されず、一般的なカラーフィルタに用いられる透明基板を使用することができる。具体的には、石英ガラス、無アルカリガラス、合成石英板等の可撓性のない透明なリジッド材、あるいは、透明樹脂フィルム、光学用樹脂板、フレキシブルガラス等の可撓性を有する透明なフレキシブル材が挙げられる。
 当該透明基板の厚みは、特に限定されるものではないが、本発明のカラーフィルタの用途に応じて、例えば100μm~1mm程度のものを使用することができる。
 なお、本発明のカラーフィルタは、上記基板、遮光部及び着色層以外にも、例えば、オーバーコート層や透明電極層、さらには配向膜や配向突起、柱状スペーサ等が形成されたものであってもよい。
The transparent substrate in the color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a base material transparent to visible light, and a transparent substrate used for a general color filter can be used. Specifically, transparent flexible rigid materials such as quartz glass, alkali-free glass, and synthetic quartz plates, or transparent flexible flexible materials such as transparent resin films, optical resin plates, and flexible glasses. Materials.
The thickness of the transparent substrate is not particularly limited, but for example, a thickness of about 100 μm to 1 mm can be used according to the use of the color filter of the present invention.
The color filter of the present invention includes, for example, an overcoat layer, a transparent electrode layer, an alignment film, an alignment protrusion, a columnar spacer, etc., in addition to the substrate, the light shielding portion, and the colored layer. Also good.
III.表示装置
 本発明に係る表示装置は、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタを有することを特徴とする。本発明において表示装置の構成は特に限定されず、従来公知の表示装置の中から適宜選択することができ、例えば、液晶表示装置や、有機発光表示装置などが挙げられる。
III. Display Device A display device according to the present invention includes the color filter according to the present invention. In the present invention, the configuration of the display device is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from conventionally known display devices, such as a liquid crystal display device and an organic light emitting display device.
[液晶表示装置]
 液晶表示装置は、前述した本発明に係るカラーフィルタと、対向基板と、前記カラーフィルタと前記対向基板との間に形成された液晶層とを有することを特徴とする。
 このような本発明の液晶表示装置について、図を参照しながら説明する。図2は、本発明の液晶表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。図2に例示するように本発明の液晶表示装置40は、カラーフィルタ10と、TFTアレイ基板等を有する対向基板20と、上記カラーフィルタ10と上記対向基板20との間に形成された液晶層30とを有している。
 なお、本発明の液晶表示装置は、この図2に示される構成に限定されるものではなく、一般的にカラーフィルタが用いられた液晶表示装置として公知の構成とすることができる。
[Liquid Crystal Display]
The liquid crystal display device includes the above-described color filter according to the present invention, a counter substrate, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter and the counter substrate.
Such a liquid crystal display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. As illustrated in FIG. 2, the liquid crystal display device 40 of the present invention includes a color filter 10, a counter substrate 20 having a TFT array substrate and the like, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter 10 and the counter substrate 20. 30.
Note that the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 2, but can be a configuration generally known as a liquid crystal display device using a color filter.
 本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式としては、特に限定はなく一般的に液晶表示装置に用いられている駆動方式を採用することができる。このような駆動方式としては、例えば、TN方式、IPS方式、OCB方式、及びMVA方式等を挙げることができる。本発明においてはこれらのいずれの方式であっても好適に用いることができる。
 また、対向基板としては、本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式等に応じて適宜選択して用いることができる。
 さらに、液晶層を構成する液晶としては、本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式等に応じて、誘電異方性の異なる各種液晶、及びこれらの混合物を用いることができる。
The driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a driving method generally used for a liquid crystal display device can be employed. Examples of such a drive method include a TN method, an IPS method, an OCB method, and an MVA method. In the present invention, any of these methods can be preferably used.
Further, the counter substrate can be appropriately selected and used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
Furthermore, as the liquid crystal constituting the liquid crystal layer, various liquid crystals having different dielectric anisotropy and mixtures thereof can be used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
 液晶層の形成方法としては、一般に液晶セルの作製方法として用いられる方法を使用することができ、例えば、真空注入方式や液晶滴下方式等が挙げられる。前記方法によって液晶層を形成後、液晶セルを常温まで徐冷することにより、封入された液晶を配向させることができる。 As a method for forming a liquid crystal layer, a method generally used as a method for producing a liquid crystal cell can be used, and examples thereof include a vacuum injection method and a liquid crystal dropping method. After forming the liquid crystal layer by the above-described method, the sealed liquid crystal can be aligned by slowly cooling the liquid crystal cell to room temperature.
[有機発光表示装置]
 有機発光表示装置は、前述した本発明に係るカラーフィルタと、有機発光体とを有することを特徴とする。
 このような本発明の有機発光表示装置について、図を参照しながら説明する。図3は、本発明の有機発光表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。図3に例示するように本発明の有機発光表示装置100は、カラーフィルタ10と、有機発光体80とを有している。カラーフィルタ10と、有機発光体80との間に、有機保護層50や無機酸化膜60を有していても良い。
[Organic light emitting display]
An organic light emitting display device includes the above-described color filter according to the present invention and an organic light emitter.
Such an organic light emitting display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 3 is a schematic view illustrating an example of the organic light emitting display device of the present invention. As illustrated in FIG. 3, the organic light emitting display device 100 of the present invention includes a color filter 10 and an organic light emitter 80. An organic protective layer 50 and an inorganic oxide film 60 may be provided between the color filter 10 and the organic light emitter 80.
 有機発光体80の積層方法としては、例えば、カラーフィルタ上面へ透明陽極71、正孔注入層72、正孔輸送層73、発光層74、電子注入層75、および陰極76を逐次形成していく方法や、別基板上へ形成した有機発光体80を無機酸化膜60上に貼り合わせる方法などが挙げられる。有機発光体80における、透明陽極71、正孔注入層72、正孔輸送層73、発光層74、電子注入層75、および陰極76、その他の構成は、公知のものを適宜用いることができる。このようにして作製された有機発光表示装置100は、例えば、パッシブ駆動方式の有機ELディスプレイにもアクティブ駆動方式の有機ELディスプレイにも適用可能である。
 なお、本発明の有機発光表示装置は、この図3に示される構成に限定されるものではなく、一般的にカラーフィルタが用いられた有機発光表示装置として公知の構成とすることができる。
As a method for laminating the organic light emitter 80, for example, the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, and the cathode 76 are sequentially formed on the upper surface of the color filter. Examples thereof include a method and a method in which an organic light emitter 80 formed on another substrate is bonded onto the inorganic oxide film 60. As the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, the cathode 76, and other configurations in the organic light emitting body 80, known structures can be appropriately used. The organic light emitting display device 100 manufactured as described above can be applied to, for example, a passive drive type organic EL display or an active drive type organic EL display.
Note that the organic light emitting display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 3, and may be a known configuration as an organic light emitting display device that generally uses a color filter.
 以下、本発明について実施例を示して具体的に説明する。これらの記載により本発明を制限するものではない。
 得られた化合物の構造は、核磁気共鳴装置(ブルカー・バイオスピン社、AVANCEIII HD500MHz)を用いて測定した1H-及び13C-NMRスペクトル、並びに、液体クロマトグラフ質量分析装置(島津製作所社、LC-30A、ブルカー・ダルトニクス社、micrOTOFQ2)を用いた質量分析により確認した。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to examples. These descriptions do not limit the present invention.
The structure of the obtained compound was determined by 1H- and 13C-NMR spectra measured using a nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus (Bruker Biospin, AVANCE III HD 500 MHz), and a liquid chromatograph mass spectrometer (Shimadzu Corporation, LC- It was confirmed by mass spectrometry using 30A, Bruker Daltonics, MICROTOFQ2).
(合成例1:化合物Aの合成)
(1)中間体A1の合成
 フルオレン0.60mol、水酸化カリウム2.4mol及びよう化カリウム0.06molを窒素雰囲気下で無水ジメチルスルホキシド500mlに溶解させて15℃で維持し、ブロモブタン1.33molを2時間で徐々に加えて反応物を15℃で1時間撹拌した。 その後反応物に蒸溜水2Lを加えて30分程度撹拌した後、ジクロロメタン2Lで生成物を抽出して、抽出した有機層を蒸溜水2Lで2回洗った。次いで、回収した有機層を無水MgSOで乾燥し、溶媒を減圧蒸溜して得た生成物を、シリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィ(展開溶媒;エチルアセテート:n-ヘキサン=1:20)で精製することにより、下記中間体A1を得た。
(Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Compound A)
(1) Synthesis of intermediate A1 0.60 mol of fluorene, 2.4 mol of potassium hydroxide and 0.06 mol of potassium iodide were dissolved in 500 ml of anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide under a nitrogen atmosphere and maintained at 15 ° C., and 1.33 mol of bromobutane was added. Slowly added in 2 hours and the reaction was stirred at 15 ° C. for 1 hour. Thereafter, 2 L of distilled water was added to the reaction product and stirred for about 30 minutes, and then the product was extracted with 2 L of dichloromethane, and the extracted organic layer was washed twice with 2 L of distilled water. Next, the collected organic layer is dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , and the product obtained by distilling the solvent under reduced pressure is purified by silica gel column chromatography (developing solvent; ethyl acetate: n-hexane = 1: 20). The following intermediate A1 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(2)中間体A2の合成
 前記中間体A1(0.11mol)をジクロロメタン500mlに溶解させて-5℃まで冷却した後、AlCl 0.13molを徐々に加え、反応物の温度が昇温されないように、ジクロロメタン15mlとシクロヘキシル塩化プロピオニル0.13molからなる溶液を1時間で徐々に滴下し、-5℃で1時間撹拌した。 その後反応物を氷水500mlに徐々に注いで30分間撹拌した後、有機層を蒸溜水200mLで洗った。次いで、回収した有機層を減圧蒸溜して得た生成物を、シリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィ(展開溶媒;エチルアセテート:n-ヘキサン=1:4)で精製することにより、下記中間体A2を得た。
(2) Synthesis of Intermediate A2 The intermediate A1 (0.11 mol) was dissolved in 500 ml of dichloromethane and cooled to −5 ° C., then 0.13 mol of AlCl 3 was gradually added, and the temperature of the reaction product was not raised. Thus, a solution consisting of 15 ml of dichloromethane and 0.13 mol of cyclohexylpropionyl chloride was gradually added dropwise over 1 hour and stirred at −5 ° C. for 1 hour. Thereafter, the reaction product was gradually poured into 500 ml of ice water and stirred for 30 minutes, and then the organic layer was washed with 200 ml of distilled water. Next, the product obtained by distilling the collected organic layer under reduced pressure was purified by silica gel column chromatography (developing solvent; ethyl acetate: n-hexane = 1: 4) to obtain the following intermediate A2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(3)中間体A3の合成
 前記中間体A2(0.042mol)をテトラヒドロフラン(THF)200mlに溶解させ、1,4-ジオキサンに溶解された4N HCl25mlと亜硝酸イソブチル0.063molを順に加えて反応物を25℃で6時間撹拌した。 その後反応溶液にエチルアセテート200mlを加えて30分間撹拌して有機層を分離した後、蒸溜水200mlで洗った。次いで、回収した有機層を無水MgSOで乾燥し、溶媒を減圧蒸溜して得た生成物を、シリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィ(展開溶媒;エチルアセテート:n-ヘキサン=1:4)で精製することにより、下記中間体A3を得た。
(3) Synthesis of Intermediate A3 The intermediate A2 (0.042 mol) was dissolved in 200 ml of tetrahydrofuran (THF), and 25 ml of 4N HCl dissolved in 1,4-dioxane and 0.063 mol of isobutyl nitrite were added in order. The product was stirred at 25 ° C. for 6 hours. Thereafter, 200 ml of ethyl acetate was added to the reaction solution and stirred for 30 minutes to separate the organic layer, followed by washing with 200 ml of distilled water. Next, the collected organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , and the product obtained by distilling the solvent under reduced pressure was purified by silica gel column chromatography (developing solvent; ethyl acetate: n-hexane = 1: 4). The following intermediate A3 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
(4)化合物Aの合成
 前記中間体A3(0.056mol)を窒素雰囲気下でN-メチル-2-ピロリジノン(NMP)200mlに溶解させて-5℃で維持し、トリエチルアミン0.068molを加えて反応溶液を30分間撹拌した。その後、アセチルクロリド0.068molとN-メチル-2-ピロリジノン10mlからなる溶液を30分間で徐々に加え、反応物が昇温されないように30分間撹拌した。その後蒸溜水200mlを反応物に徐々に加えて30分間撹拌して有機層を分離した。次いで、回収した有機層を無水MgSOで乾燥し、溶媒を減圧蒸溜して得た生成物を、エタノール1Lを使用して再結晶した後乾燥することにより、下記化合物Aを得た。
(4) Synthesis of Compound A The intermediate A3 (0.056 mol) was dissolved in 200 ml of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (NMP) under a nitrogen atmosphere and maintained at −5 ° C., and 0.068 mol of triethylamine was added. The reaction solution was stirred for 30 minutes. Thereafter, a solution consisting of 0.068 mol of acetyl chloride and 10 ml of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone was gradually added over 30 minutes, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes so that the temperature of the reaction was not increased. Thereafter, 200 ml of distilled water was gradually added to the reaction product and stirred for 30 minutes to separate the organic layer. Next, the collected organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , and the product obtained by distilling the solvent under reduced pressure was recrystallized using 1 L of ethanol and dried to obtain the following compound A.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(合成例2:化合物Bの合成)
(1)中間体B1の合成
 合成例1の(1)において、ブロモブタンに代えて同モルのブロモエタンを用い、シリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィによる精製を行わなかった以外は、合成例1の(1)と同様にして、下記中間体B1を得た。
(Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of Compound B)
(1) Synthesis of Intermediate B1 As in Synthesis Example 1 (1), except that the same mole of bromoethane was used instead of bromobutane and purification by silica gel column chromatography was not performed, the same as Synthesis Example 1 (1). The following intermediate B1 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(2)中間体B2の合成
 合成例1の(2)において、中間体A1に代えて同モルの前記中間体B1を用い、シクロヘキシル塩化プロピオニルに代えて同モルの塩化プロピオニルを用いた以外は、合成例1の(2)と同様にして、下記中間体B2を得た。
(2) Synthesis of Intermediate B2 In Synthesis Example 1 (2), except that the same mole of the intermediate B1 was used instead of the intermediate A1, and the same mole of propionyl chloride was used instead of the cyclohexyl propionyl chloride, In the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 (2), the following intermediate B2 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
(3)中間体B3の合成
 合成例1の(3)において、中間体A2に代えて同モルの前記中間体B2を用い、シリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィに代えて、エチルアセテート:n-ヘキサン(1:6)の混合溶媒を使用して再結晶した後乾燥することにより精製した以外は、合成例1の(3)と同様にして、下記中間体B3を得た。
(3) Synthesis of Intermediate B3 In Synthesis Example 1 (3), the same mole of Intermediate B2 was used instead of Intermediate A2, and instead of silica gel column chromatography, ethyl acetate: n-hexane (1: 6 The following intermediate B3 was obtained in the same manner as in (3) of Synthesis Example 1 except that it was recrystallized using a mixed solvent of
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(4)化合物Bの合成
 合成例1の(4)において、中間体A3に代えて同モルの前記中間体B3を用いた以外は、合成例1の(4)と同様にして、下記化合物Bを得た。
(4) Synthesis of Compound B In the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 (4) except that the same mole of Intermediate B3 was used in place of Intermediate A3 in Synthesis Example 1 (4), Compound B below Got.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
(合成例3:化合物Cの合成)
 合成例2の(2)において、塩化プロピオニルに代えて同モルの塩化ブチリルを用いた以外は、合成例2と同様にして、下記化合物Cを得た。
(Synthesis Example 3: Synthesis of Compound C)
The following compound C was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 2 except that the same mole of butyryl chloride was used in place of propionyl chloride in (2) of Synthesis Example 2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
(合成例4:化合物Dの合成)
(1)中間体D1の合成
 9H-フルオレン-2-イル-(フェニル)メタノン0.030molをジクロロメタン45mlに溶解させて-5℃まで冷却し、無水AlCl 0.033molを加えた後、ジクロロメタン9mlと塩化プロピオニル0.033molからなる溶液を反応物の温度が昇温されないように1時間で徐々に加えて-5℃で1時間撹拌した。その後、氷水250gに反応物を徐々に注いで30分間撹拌した後、有機層を分離して、蒸溜水100mlで洗った。次いで、回収した有機層を減圧蒸溜して得た生成物を、トルエン: エチルアセテート(5:1)の混合溶液20mlで再結晶することにより、下記中間体D1を得た。
(Synthesis Example 4: Synthesis of Compound D)
(1) Synthesis of Intermediate D1 0.030 mol of 9H-fluoren-2-yl- (phenyl) methanone was dissolved in 45 ml of dichloromethane, cooled to −5 ° C., 0.033 mol of anhydrous AlCl 3 was added, and 9 ml of dichloromethane was then added. And a solution consisting of 0.033 mol of propionyl chloride was gradually added over 1 hour so as not to raise the temperature of the reaction product and stirred at -5 ° C for 1 hour. Thereafter, the reaction product was gradually poured into 250 g of ice water and stirred for 30 minutes, and then the organic layer was separated and washed with 100 ml of distilled water. Next, the product obtained by distilling the collected organic layer under reduced pressure was recrystallized with 20 ml of a mixed solution of toluene: ethyl acetate (5: 1) to obtain the following intermediate D1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
(2)中間体D2の合成
 前記中間体D1(0.010mol)をテトラヒドロフラン(THF)30mlに溶解させ、1,4-ジオキサンに溶解された4N HCl4.5mlと亜硝酸イソペンチル0.015molを順に加えて反応物を25℃で24時間撹拌した。 その後、反応溶液にエチルアセテート20mlと蒸溜水50mlを加えて有機層を抽出した。抽出した有機層を無水MgSOで乾燥し、溶媒を減圧蒸溜して得た生成物を、エタノール: エチルアセテート(5:1)の混合溶媒30mlを使用して再結晶した後乾燥することにより、下記中間体D2を得た。
(2) Synthesis of Intermediate D2 The above intermediate D1 (0.010 mol) was dissolved in 30 ml of tetrahydrofuran (THF), and 4.5 ml of 4N HCl dissolved in 1,4-dioxane and 0.015 mol of isopentyl nitrite were sequentially added. The reaction was stirred at 25 ° C. for 24 hours. Thereafter, 20 ml of ethyl acetate and 50 ml of distilled water were added to the reaction solution to extract the organic layer. The extracted organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , and the product obtained by distilling the solvent under reduced pressure was recrystallized using 30 ml of a mixed solvent of ethanol: ethyl acetate (5: 1) and then dried. The following intermediate D2 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
(3)化合物Dの合成
 前記中間体D2(0.006mol)を窒素雰囲気下でエチルアセテート25mlに溶解させて反応物を-5℃で維持し、トリエチルアミン0.007mmolを加えて反応溶液を30分間撹拌した後、アセチルクロリド0.007molとエチルアセテート5mlからなる溶液を、反応物が昇温されないように30分間で徐々に加え、30分間撹拌した。その後、蒸溜水100mlを反応物に徐々に加えて30分程度撹拌し、有機層を分離した。次いで、回収した有機層を無水MgSOで乾燥し、溶媒を減圧蒸溜することにより、下記化合物Dを得た。
(3) Synthesis of Compound D The intermediate D2 (0.006 mol) was dissolved in 25 ml of ethyl acetate under a nitrogen atmosphere to maintain the reaction at −5 ° C., and 0.007 mmol of triethylamine was added to the reaction solution for 30 minutes. After stirring, a solution consisting of 0.007 mol of acetyl chloride and 5 ml of ethyl acetate was gradually added over 30 minutes so that the temperature of the reaction was not increased, and stirred for 30 minutes. Thereafter, 100 ml of distilled water was gradually added to the reaction product and stirred for about 30 minutes to separate the organic layer. Next, the recovered organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 and the solvent was distilled under reduced pressure to obtain the following compound D.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
(合成例5:化合物Eの合成)
(1)中間体E1の合成
 500mlの四口フラスコ中に、ジフェニルチオエーテル0.2molと、粉砕したAlCl 0.22molと、ジクロロエタン150mlとを投入して攪拌し、アルゴンガスを流して氷浴で冷却して温度が0℃まで低下した時に、シクロヘキシル塩化プロピオニル0.22molとジクロロエタン42gからなる溶液を滴下し始め、温度を10℃以下に調整しながら約1.5時間かけて添加した。温度を15℃に上昇して、引き続き2時間攪拌した後、反応液を排出した。
 氷400gと濃塩酸65mlとを配合した希塩酸中に、攪拌下で反応液を徐々に投入した後、分液漏斗で下層を分液し、上層を50mlのジクロロエタンで抽出した後、抽出液と下層液とを合わせた。その後、NaHCO 10gと水200gとを配合したNaHCO溶液で洗浄し、更にpH値が中性を呈するまで200mlの水で3回洗浄し、60gの無水MgSOで乾燥して水分を除去した後、回転蒸発によりジクロロエタンを蒸発させた。回転蒸発瓶中に残った固体粉末を石油エーテル200mlに入れ、吸引ろ過を行い、更に150mlの無水エタノールに投入して加熱し、還流した。その後室温まで冷却し、更に氷で2時間冷却し、吸引ろ過した後、50℃のオーブン中で2時間乾燥することにより、下記中間体E1を得た。
(Synthesis Example 5: Synthesis of Compound E)
(1) Synthesis of Intermediate E1 In a 500 ml four-necked flask, 0.2 mol of diphenylthioether, 0.22 mol of pulverized AlCl 3 and 150 ml of dichloroethane were added and stirred, and argon gas was passed in an ice bath. When the temperature was lowered to 0 ° C. by cooling, a solution consisting of 0.22 mol of cyclohexylpropionyl chloride and 42 g of dichloroethane began to be added dropwise, and was added over about 1.5 hours while adjusting the temperature to 10 ° C. or lower. The temperature was raised to 15 ° C., followed by stirring for 2 hours, and then the reaction solution was discharged.
The reaction solution is gradually added with stirring to dilute hydrochloric acid containing 400 g of ice and 65 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid, and then the lower layer is separated using a separatory funnel, and the upper layer is extracted with 50 ml of dichloroethane. Combined with the liquid. Then, it was washed with a NaHCO 3 solution containing 10 g of NaHCO 3 and 200 g of water, further washed with 200 ml of water until the pH value became neutral, and dried with 60 g of anhydrous MgSO 4 to remove moisture. Later, dichloroethane was evaporated by rotary evaporation. The solid powder remaining in the rotary evaporation bottle was put into 200 ml of petroleum ether, subjected to suction filtration, further put into 150 ml of absolute ethanol, heated and refluxed. Thereafter, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, further cooled with ice for 2 hours, suction filtered, and dried in an oven at 50 ° C. for 2 hours to obtain the following intermediate E1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
(2)中間体E2の合成
 500mlの四口フラスコ中に、前記中間体E1 42gと、テトラヒドロフラン400gと、濃塩酸200gと、亜硝酸イソアミル24.2gとを投入して、常温で5時間攪拌した後、反応液を排出した。
 反応液を大ビーカーに入れ、水1000mlを加えて攪拌した後、一晩静置することにより分層し、黄色の粘稠状液体を得た。粘稠状液体をジクロロエタンで抽出し、50gの無水MgSOを投入して乾燥した後、吸引ろ過を行い、ろ液を回転蒸発させて溶剤を除去し、油状粘稠物を得た。続いて、該粘稠物を石油エーテル150mlに入れ、攪拌、析出し、吸引ろ過を行って、白色粉末状固体を得た。その後、60℃で5時間乾燥して、下記中間体E2を得た。
(2) Synthesis of Intermediate E2 In a 500 ml four-necked flask, 42 g of the above intermediate E1, 400 g of tetrahydrofuran, 200 g of concentrated hydrochloric acid, and 24.2 g of isoamyl nitrite were added and stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. Thereafter, the reaction solution was discharged.
The reaction solution was placed in a large beaker, and after adding 1000 ml of water and stirring, the mixture was allowed to stand overnight to separate the layers to obtain a yellow viscous liquid. The viscous稠状liquid extraction with dichloroethane, after is dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 for 50 g, subjected to suction filtration, the filtrate rotary evaporated to remove the solvent to give a viscous oil稠物. Subsequently, the viscous material was put into 150 ml of petroleum ether, stirred and precipitated, and suction filtered to obtain a white powdery solid. Then, it dried at 60 degreeC for 5 hours, and obtained the following intermediate body E2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
(3)化合物Eの合成
 1000mlの四口フラスコ中に、前記中間体E2 34gと、ジクロロエタン350mlと、トリエチルアミン12.7gとを投入して攪拌し、氷浴で冷却して、温度が0℃まで低下した時に酢酸クロリド15.7gとジクロロエタン15gからなる溶液を滴下し始め、約1.5時間かけて添加した。引き続いて1時間攪拌した後、冷水500mlを滴下し、分液漏斗で分層した。5%NaHCO溶液200mlで1回洗い、更にpH値が中性を呈するまで200ml水で2回洗い、その後、濃塩酸20gと水400mlとを配合した希塩酸で一1回洗い、続いて200ml水で3回洗った後、100gの無水MgSOで乾燥し、溶剤を回転蒸発させて除去し、粘稠状液体を得た。該粘稠状液体に適量のメタノールを投入して析出した白色固体を、ろ過、乾燥して、下記化合物Eを得た。
(3) Synthesis of Compound E In a 1000 ml four-necked flask, 34 g of the above intermediate E2, 350 ml of dichloroethane, and 12.7 g of triethylamine were added and stirred, and cooled in an ice bath until the temperature reached 0 ° C. When lowered, a solution consisting of 15.7 g of acetic chloride and 15 g of dichloroethane began to be added dropwise and added over about 1.5 hours. Subsequently, after stirring for 1 hour, 500 ml of cold water was added dropwise, and the layers were separated using a separatory funnel. Wash once with 200 ml of 5% NaHCO 3 solution, then twice with 200 ml of water until the pH value is neutral, then wash once with dilute hydrochloric acid containing 20 g of concentrated hydrochloric acid and 400 ml of water, followed by 200 ml of water. And then dried with 100 g of anhydrous MgSO 4 , and the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation to obtain a viscous liquid. A white solid deposited by adding an appropriate amount of methanol to the viscous liquid was filtered and dried to obtain the following compound E.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
(合成例6:化合物Fの合成)
 合成例5の(1)において、ジフェニルチオエーテルに代えて、同モルの[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-2-チエニル-メタノンを用いた以外は、合成例5と同様にして下記化合物Fを合成した。
(Synthesis Example 6: Synthesis of Compound F)
The following compound F was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 5 except that the same mole of [4- (phenylthio) phenyl] -2-thienyl-methanone was used instead of diphenylthioether in Synthesis Example 5 (1). did.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
(合成例7:分散剤(ブロック共重合体A)の製造)
 冷却管、添加用ロート、窒素用インレット、機械的攪拌機、デジタル温度計を備えた500mL丸底4口セパラブルフラスコにTHF250質量部、塩化リチウム0.6質量部を加え、充分に窒素置換を行った。反応フラスコを-60℃まで冷却した後、ブチルリチウム4.9質量部(15質量%ヘキサン溶液)、ジイソプロピルアミン1.1質量部、イソ酪酸メチル1.0質量部をシリンジを用いて注入した。Bブロック用モノマーのメタクリル酸1-エトキシエチル(EEMA)2.2質量部、メタクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル(HEMA)18.7質量部、メタクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル(EHMA)12.8質量部、メタクリル酸n-ブチル(BMA)13.7質量部、メタクリル酸ベンジル(BzMA)9.5質量部、メタクリル酸メチル(MMA)17.5質量部を、添加用ロートを用いて60分かけて滴下した。30分後、Aブロック用モノマーであるメタクリル酸ジメチルアミノエチル(DMMA)26.7質量部を20分かけて滴下した。30分間反応させた後、メタノール1.5質量部を加えて反応を停止させた。得られた前駆体ブロック共重合体THF溶液はヘキサン中で再沈殿させ、濾過、真空乾燥により精製を行い、PGMEAで希釈し固形分30質量%溶液とした。水を32.5質量部加え、100℃に昇温し7時間反応させ、EEMA由来の構成単位を脱保護しメタクリル酸(MAA)由来の構成単位とした。得られたブロック共重合体PGMEA溶液はヘキサン中で再沈殿させ、濾過、真空乾燥により精製を行い、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックとカルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を含み親溶剤性を有するBブロックとを含むブロック共重合体A(酸価 8mgKOH/g、Tg38℃)を得た。このようにして得られたブロック共重合体Aを、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー)にて確認したところ、重量平均分子量Mwは7730であった。また、アミン価は95mgKOH/gであった。
(Synthesis Example 7: Production of dispersant (block copolymer A))
Add 250 parts by weight of THF and 0.6 parts by weight of lithium chloride to a 500 mL round bottom 4-neck separable flask equipped with a condenser, addition funnel, nitrogen inlet, mechanical stirrer, and digital thermometer, and perform sufficient nitrogen replacement. It was. After cooling the reaction flask to −60 ° C., 4.9 parts by mass of butyllithium (15% by mass hexane solution), 1.1 parts by mass of diisopropylamine and 1.0 part by mass of methyl isobutyrate were injected using a syringe. B block monomer 1-ethoxyethyl methacrylate (EEMA) 2.2 parts by weight, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA) 18.7 parts by weight, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (EHMA) 12.8 parts by weight, methacryl 13.7 parts by mass of n-butyl acid (BMA), 9.5 parts by mass of benzyl methacrylate (BzMA), and 17.5 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate (MMA) were added dropwise using an addition funnel over 60 minutes. . After 30 minutes, 26.7 parts by mass of dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate (DMMA), which is a monomer for the A block, was added dropwise over 20 minutes. After reacting for 30 minutes, 1.5 parts by mass of methanol was added to stop the reaction. The obtained precursor block copolymer THF solution was reprecipitated in hexane, purified by filtration and vacuum drying, diluted with PGMEA to obtain a solid content solution of 30% by mass. 32.5 parts by mass of water was added, the temperature was raised to 100 ° C., and the reaction was carried out for 7 hours. The obtained block copolymer PGMEA solution is reprecipitated in hexane, purified by filtration and vacuum drying, and a structural unit derived from a block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a carboxy group-containing monomer A block copolymer A (acid value: 8 mgKOH / g, Tg: 38 ° C.) containing a B block having solvophilic properties. The block copolymer A thus obtained was confirmed by GPC (gel permeation chromatography), and the weight average molecular weight Mw was 7730. The amine value was 95 mgKOH / g.
(合成例8:アルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液の合成)
 スチレン 40質量部、MMA 15質量部、MAA 25質量部、及びAIBN 3質量部の混合液を、PGMEA 150質量部を入れた重合槽中に、窒素気流下、100℃で、3時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、更に100℃で、3時間加熱し、重合体溶液を得た。この重合体溶液の重量平均分子量は、7000であった。
 次に、得られた重合体溶液に、グリシジルメタクリレート(GMA) 20質量部、トリエチルアミン0.2質量部、及びp-メトキシフェノール0.05質量部を添加し、110℃で10時間加熱し、反応溶液中に、空気をバブリングさせた。得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂Aは、スチレンとMMA、MAAの共重合により形成された主鎖にGMAを用いてエチレン性二重結合を有する側鎖を導入した樹脂であり、固形分42.6質量%、酸価74mgKOH/g、重量平均分子量12000であった。ポリスチレンを標準物質とし、THFを溶離液としてショウデックスGPCシステム-21H(Shodex GPC System-21H)により重量平均分子量を測定した。また酸価の測定方法は、JIS K 0070に基づいて測定した。
(Synthesis Example 8: Synthesis of alkali-soluble resin A solution)
A mixed liquid of 40 parts by mass of styrene, 15 parts by mass of MMA, 25 parts by mass of MAA, and 3 parts by mass of AIBN was dropped into a polymerization tank containing 150 parts by mass of PGMEA at 100 ° C. for 3 hours in a nitrogen stream. did. After completion of dropping, the mixture was further heated at 100 ° C. for 3 hours to obtain a polymer solution. The weight average molecular weight of this polymer solution was 7000.
Next, 20 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate (GMA), 0.2 parts by mass of triethylamine, and 0.05 parts by mass of p-methoxyphenol are added to the obtained polymer solution, and heated at 110 ° C. for 10 hours to react. Air was bubbled through the solution. The obtained alkali-soluble resin A is a resin in which a side chain having an ethylenic double bond is introduced into the main chain formed by copolymerization of styrene, MMA, and MAA using GMA, and has a solid content of 42.6 mass. %, Acid value 74 mgKOH / g, and weight average molecular weight 12000. The weight average molecular weight was measured with a Shodex GPC System-21H (polypropylene) using polystyrene as a standard substance and THF as an eluent. The acid value was measured based on JIS K 0070.
(合成例9:青色色材αの合成)
(1)中間体1の合成
 国際公開第2012/144521号に記載の中間体3及び中間体4の製造方法を参照して、下記化学式(1)で示される中間体1を15.9g(収率70%)得た。
 得られた化合物は、下記の分析結果より目的の化合物であることを確認した。
・MS(ESI) (m/z):511(+)、2価
・元素分析値:CHN実測値 (78.13%、7.48%、7.78%);理論値(78.06%、7.75%、7.69%)
(Synthesis Example 9: Synthesis of blue color material α)
(1) Synthesis of Intermediate 1 Referring to the method for producing Intermediate 3 and Intermediate 4 described in International Publication No. 2012/144521, 15.9 g of intermediate 1 represented by the following chemical formula (1) was obtained. Rate 70%).
The obtained compound was confirmed to be the target compound from the following analysis results.
MS (ESI) (m / z): 511 (+), divalent and elemental analysis values: CHN measured value (78.13%, 7.48%, 7.78%); theoretical value (78.06%) , 7.75%, 7.69%)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
(2)青色色材αの合成
 前記中間体1 5.00g(4.58mmol)を水300mlに加え、90℃で溶解させ中間体1溶液とした。次にリンタングステン酸・n水和物 H[PW1240]・nHO(n=30)(日本無機化学工業製)10.44g(3.05mmol)を水100mlに入れ、90℃で攪拌し、リンタングステン酸水溶液を調製した。先の中間体1溶液に調製したリンタングステン酸水溶液を90℃で混合し、生成した沈殿物を濾取し、水で洗浄した。得られたケーキを乾燥して下記化学式(2)で表されるトリアリールメタン系塩基性染料の金属レーキ色材の青色色材αを13.25g得た。
 得られた化合物は、下記の分析結果より目的の化合物であることを確認した。
・MS(ESI) (m/z):510(+)、2価
・元素分析値:CHN実測値 (41.55%、5.34%、4.32%);理論値(41.66%、5.17%、4.11%)
(2) Synthesis of Blue Color Material α 5.00 g (4.58 mmol) of the intermediate 1 was added to 300 ml of water and dissolved at 90 ° C. to obtain an intermediate 1 solution. Next, 10.44 g (3.05 mmol) of phosphotungstic acid · n hydrate H 3 [PW 12 O 40 ] · nH 2 O (n = 30) (manufactured by Nippon Inorganic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was placed in 100 ml of water, and 90 ° C. And a phosphotungstic acid aqueous solution was prepared. The aqueous phosphotungstic acid solution prepared in the intermediate 1 solution was mixed at 90 ° C., and the formed precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with water. The obtained cake was dried to obtain 13.25 g of a blue color material α of a metal lake color material of a triarylmethane basic dye represented by the following chemical formula (2).
The obtained compound was confirmed to be the target compound from the following analysis results.
MS (ESI) (m / z): 510 (+), divalent, elemental analysis value: CHN measured value (41.55%, 5.34%, 4.32%); theoretical value (41.66%) (5.17%, 4.11%)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
(合成例10:Azo誘導体1の調製)
 550gの蒸留水の中に、23.1gのジアゾバルビツール酸および19.2gのバルビツール酸を導入した。次いで、水酸化カリウム水溶液を用いてアゾバルビツール酸(0.3モル)となるように調整し、750gの蒸留水と混合した。5gの30%の塩酸を滴下により添加した。その後、38.7gのメラミンを導入した。次いで、0.39モルの塩化ニッケル溶液と0.21モルの塩化亜鉛溶液を混合して添加し、80℃の温度で8時間撹拌した。濾過により顔料を単離し、洗浄し、120℃で乾燥させ、乳鉢で磨砕し、Azo誘導体1(Ni-azo-1、Ni:Zn=65:35(モル比)のazo顔料)を得た。
(Synthesis Example 10: Preparation of Azo derivative 1)
23.1 g diazobarbituric acid and 19.2 g barbituric acid were introduced into 550 g distilled water. Subsequently, it adjusted so that it might become azobarbituric acid (0.3 mol) using potassium hydroxide aqueous solution, and mixed with 750 g of distilled water. 5 g of 30% hydrochloric acid was added dropwise. Thereafter, 38.7 g of melamine was introduced. Subsequently, 0.39 mol nickel chloride solution and 0.21 mol zinc chloride solution were mixed and added, and stirred at a temperature of 80 ° C. for 8 hours. The pigment was isolated by filtration, washed, dried at 120 ° C., and ground in a mortar to obtain Azo derivative 1 (azo pigment of Ni-azo-1, Ni: Zn = 65: 35 (molar ratio)). .
(合成例11:Azo誘導体2の調製)
 合成例10のAzo誘導体1の調製において、0.39モルの塩化ニッケル溶液と0.21モルの塩化亜鉛溶液の代わりに、0.42モルの塩化ニッケル溶液と0.18モルの塩化亜鉛溶液を用いた以外は、合成例10と同様にして、Azo誘導体2(Ni-azo-2、Ni:Zn=70:30(モル比)のazo顔料)を得た。
(Synthesis Example 11: Preparation of Azo derivative 2)
In the preparation of Azo derivative 1 of Synthesis Example 10, instead of 0.39 mol nickel chloride solution and 0.21 mol zinc chloride solution, 0.42 mol nickel chloride solution and 0.18 mol zinc chloride solution were used. Azo derivative 2 (azo pigment with Ni: Zn = 70: 30 (molar ratio)) was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 10 except that it was used.
(合成例12:Azo誘導体3の調製)
 合成例10のAzo誘導体1の調製において、0.39モルの塩化ニッケル溶液と0.21モルの塩化亜鉛溶液の代わりに、0.3モルの塩化ニッケル溶液と0.3モルの塩化亜鉛溶液を用いた以外は、合成例10と同様にして、Azo誘導体3(Ni-azo-3、Ni:Zn=50:50(モル比)のazo顔料)を得た。
(Synthesis Example 12: Preparation of Azo derivative 3)
In the preparation of the Azo derivative 1 of Synthesis Example 10, 0.3 mol nickel chloride solution and 0.3 mol zinc chloride solution were used instead of 0.39 mol nickel chloride solution and 0.21 mol zinc chloride solution. Except that it was used, Azo derivative 3 (Ni-azo-3, azo pigment with Ni: Zn = 50: 50 (molar ratio)) was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 10.
(合成例13:Azo誘導体4の調製)
 合成例10のAzo誘導体1の調製において、0.39モルの塩化ニッケル溶液と0.21モルの塩化亜鉛溶液の代わりに、0.18モルの塩化ニッケル溶液と0.42モルの塩化亜鉛溶液を用いた以外は、合成例10と同様にして、Azo誘導体4(Ni-azo-4、Ni:Zn=30:70(モル比)のazo顔料)を得た。
(Synthesis Example 13: Preparation of Azo derivative 4)
In the preparation of Azo derivative 1 of Synthesis Example 10, instead of 0.39 mol nickel chloride solution and 0.21 mol zinc chloride solution, 0.18 mol nickel chloride solution and 0.42 mol zinc chloride solution were used. Except that it was used, Azo derivative 4 (Ni-azo-4, azo pigment with Ni: Zn = 30: 70 (molar ratio)) was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 10.
(合成例14:Azo誘導体5の調製)
 合成例10のAzo誘導体1の調製において、0.39モルの塩化ニッケル溶液と0.21モルの塩化亜鉛溶液の代わりに、0.06モルの塩化ニッケル溶液と0.54モルの塩化亜鉛溶液を用いた以外は、合成例10と同様にして、Azo誘導体5(Ni-azo-5、Ni:Zn=10:90(モル比)のazo顔料)を得た。
(Synthesis Example 14: Preparation of Azo derivative 5)
In the preparation of Azo derivative 1 of Synthesis Example 10, instead of 0.39 mol nickel chloride solution and 0.21 mol zinc chloride solution, 0.06 mol nickel chloride solution and 0.54 mol zinc chloride solution were used. Except that it was used, Azo derivative 5 (Ni-azo-5, azo pigment with Ni: Zn = 10: 90 (molar ratio)) was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 10.
(合成例15:潜在性酸化防止剤(化合物a)の合成)
 下記化学式(3)で表されるフェノール化合物0.01mol、二炭酸ジ-tert-ブチル0.05mol及びピリジン30gを混合し、窒素雰囲気下、室温で4-ジメチルアミノピリジン0.025molを加え、60℃で3時間撹拌した。室温まで冷却後、反応液をイオン交換水150gに注ぎ、クロロホルム200gを加えて油水分離を行った。有機層を無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、残渣にメタノール100gを加えて晶析を行った。得られた白色粉状結晶を60℃で3時間減圧乾燥させ、前記化学式(a)で表される潜在性酸化防止剤(化合物a)を得た。なお、得られた潜在性酸化防止剤の構造はIR及びNMRで確認した。
(Synthesis Example 15: Synthesis of Latent Antioxidant (Compound a))
A phenol compound represented by the following chemical formula (3) 0.01 mol, di-tert-butyl dicarbonate 0.05 mol and 30 g of pyridine were mixed, and 0.025 mol of 4-dimethylaminopyridine was added at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere. Stir at 0 ° C. for 3 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction solution was poured into 150 g of ion-exchanged water, and 200 g of chloroform was added to perform oil / water separation. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and 100 g of methanol was added to the residue for crystallization. The obtained white powder crystals were dried under reduced pressure at 60 ° C. for 3 hours to obtain a latent antioxidant (compound a) represented by the chemical formula (a). The structure of the obtained latent antioxidant was confirmed by IR and NMR.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
(実施例1)
(1)色材分散液1の製造
 分散剤として合成例7のブロック共重合体Aを5.1質量部、色材として合成例9で得られた青色色材αを13.0質量部、合成例8で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を固形分換算で5.1質量部、PGMEAを76.8質量部、粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズ100質量部をマヨネーズビンに入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工(株)製)にて1時間振とうし、次いで粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズを取り出し、粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200質量部を加えて、同様に本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて4時間分散を行い、色材分散液1を得た。
(Example 1)
(1) Production of Color Material Dispersion 1 5.1 parts by mass of block copolymer A of Synthesis Example 7 as a dispersant, 13.0 parts by mass of blue color material α obtained in Synthesis Example 9 as a color material, The alkali-soluble resin A solution obtained in Synthesis Example 8 was put into a mayonnaise bin with 5.1 parts by mass in terms of solid content, 76.8 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 100 parts by mass of zirconia beads having a particle size of 2.0 mm. Shake with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Tekko Co., Ltd.) for 1 hour, then take out 2.0 mm zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm, add 200 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 0.1 mm, Was dispersed for 4 hours in a paint shaker to obtain a colorant dispersion 1.
(2)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物1の製造
 上記(1)で得られた色材分散液1を286.1質量部、合成例8で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を固形分換算で8.6質量部、光重合性化合物(商品名アロニックスM-520D、東亞合成(株)社製)を18.2質量部、酸化防止剤としてジブチルヒドロキシトルエン(BHT)を2.0質量部、光開始剤として合成例1で得られた化合物Aを5.1質量部、PGMEAを42.2質量部加え、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物1を得た。
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin composition 1 for color filter 286.1 parts by mass of the colorant dispersion 1 obtained in the above (1) and the alkali-soluble resin A solution obtained in Synthesis Example 8 as a solid content 8.6 parts by mass, 18.2 parts by mass of a photopolymerizable compound (trade name Aronix M-520D, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) and 2.0 parts by mass of dibutylhydroxytoluene (BHT) as an antioxidant As a photoinitiator, 5.1 parts by mass of Compound A obtained in Synthesis Example 1 and 42.2 parts by mass of PGMEA were added to obtain a photosensitive colored resin composition 1 for a color filter.
(実施例2~13)
 実施例1において、光開始剤を表1に示される種類及び量で用いた以外は、実施例1と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物2~13を得た。
(Examples 2 to 13)
In Example 1, photosensitive color resin compositions 2 to 13 for color filters were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the photoinitiator was used in the types and amounts shown in Table 1.
 なお、実施例8で光開始剤として用いたOXE-01は、オキシムエステル系光開始剤(商品名 イルガキュアOXE-01、BASF製)であり、下記化学式(4)で表される化合物である。 OXE-01 used as the photoinitiator in Example 8 is an oxime ester photoinitiator (trade name: Irgacure OXE-01, manufactured by BASF), and is a compound represented by the following chemical formula (4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
(実施例14)
 実施例13において、酸化防止剤としてBHTを用いる代わりに、ビスフェノール系酸化防止剤(アデカスタブ AO-40、ADEKA製)を用いた以外は、実施例13と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物14を得た。
(Example 14)
In Example 13, a photosensitive colored resin for a color filter was used in the same manner as in Example 13 except that a bisphenol antioxidant (ADK STAB AO-40, manufactured by ADEKA) was used instead of BHT as an antioxidant. A composition 14 was obtained.
(実施例15)
 実施例13において、酸化防止剤としてBHTを用いる代わりに、ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤(Irg1010、BASF製)を用いた以外は、実施例13と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物15を得た。
(Example 15)
In Example 13, a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter was used in the same manner as in Example 13 except that a hindered phenol antioxidant (Irg1010, manufactured by BASF) was used instead of BHT as an antioxidant. Product 15 was obtained.
(実施例16)
 実施例13において、酸化防止剤としてBHTを用いる代わりに、合成例15で得られた潜在性酸化防止剤である化合物aを用いた以外は、実施例13と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物16を得た。
(Example 16)
In Example 13, in place of using BHT as an antioxidant, the photosensitivity for a color filter was obtained in the same manner as in Example 13 except that the compound a which is a latent antioxidant obtained in Synthesis Example 15 was used. A colored resin composition 16 was obtained.
(実施例17~21)
 実施例1において、アルカリ可溶性樹脂、光重合性化合物、光開始剤及び酸化防止剤の添加量を表1に示す量に変えた以外は、実施例1と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物17~21を得た。
(Examples 17 to 21)
In Example 1, except that the addition amounts of the alkali-soluble resin, the photopolymerizable compound, the photoinitiator, and the antioxidant were changed to the amounts shown in Table 1, photosensitive coloring for color filters was performed in the same manner as in Example 1. Resin compositions 17 to 21 were obtained.
(比較例1~3)
 実施例21において、光開始剤として、合成例1で得られた化合物Aに代えて、表1に示す光開始剤を用いた以外は、実施例21と同様にして、比較カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物1~3を得た。
(Comparative Examples 1 to 3)
In Example 21, the photoinitiator was used in the same manner as in Example 21 except that the photoinitiator shown in Table 1 was used instead of the compound A obtained in Synthesis Example 1. Colored resin compositions 1 to 3 were obtained.
 比較例1で用いた光開始剤は、下記化学式(5)で表されるOXE-02(BASF製)である。 The photoinitiator used in Comparative Example 1 is OXE-02 (manufactured by BASF) represented by the following chemical formula (5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 比較例3で用いた光開始剤は、下記化学式(6)で表される比較化合物Aである。 The photoinitiator used in Comparative Example 3 is Comparative Compound A represented by the following chemical formula (6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
(実施例22)
 実施例13において、色材として青色色材αに代えて、ピグメントレッド254(PR254)を37.2質量部用いた以外は、実施例13と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物22を得た。
(Example 22)
In Example 13, a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter was used in the same manner as in Example 13 except that 37.2 parts by mass of Pigment Red 254 (PR254) was used instead of the blue color material α as the color material. 22 was obtained.
(比較例4)
 実施例22において、光開始剤として合成例1で得られた化合物A、合成例5で得られた化合物E及びIrg819(BASF製)を用いずに、前記化学式(5)で表されるOXE-02(BASF製)を表2に示す量で用い、酸化防止剤(BHT)を用いず、光重合性化合物を20.2質量部用いた以外は、実施例22と同様にして、比較カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物4を得た。
(Comparative Example 4)
In Example 22, without using Compound A obtained in Synthesis Example 1, Compound E obtained in Synthesis Example 5 and Irg819 (manufactured by BASF) as a photoinitiator, OXE- represented by the above chemical formula (5) was used. Comparative color filter in the same manner as in Example 22 except that 02 (manufactured by BASF) was used in the amount shown in Table 2, the antioxidant (BHT) was not used, and 20.2 parts by mass of the photopolymerizable compound was used. A photosensitive colored resin composition 4 was obtained.
(実施例23)
 実施例13において、色材として青色色材αに代えて、ピグメントグリーン59(PG59)を16.48質量部と、合成例10で得られたAzo誘導体1を20.72質量部用いた以外は、実施例13と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物23を得た。
(Example 23)
In Example 13, instead of the blue color material α as the color material, 16.48 parts by mass of Pigment Green 59 (PG59) and 20.72 parts by mass of the Azo derivative 1 obtained in Synthesis Example 10 were used. In the same manner as in Example 13, a photosensitive colored resin composition 23 for a color filter was obtained.
(比較例5)
 実施例23において、光開始剤として合成例1で得られた化合物A、合成例5で得られた化合物E及びIrg819(BASF製)を用いずに、前記化学式(5)で表されるOXE-02(BASF製)を表2に示す量で用い、酸化防止剤(BHT)を用いず、光重合性化合物を20.2質量部用いた以外は、実施例23と同様にして、比較カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物5を得た。
(Comparative Example 5)
In Example 23, without using Compound A obtained in Synthesis Example 1, Compound E obtained in Synthesis Example 5 and Irg819 (manufactured by BASF) as a photoinitiator, OXE-- represented by the above chemical formula (5) was used. Comparative color filter in the same manner as in Example 23 except that 02 (manufactured by BASF) was used in the amounts shown in Table 2, the antioxidant (BHT) was not used, and 20.2 parts by mass of the photopolymerizable compound was used. A photosensitive colored resin composition 5 was obtained.
(実施例24)
 実施例13において、色材として青色色材αに代えて、C.I.ソルベントイエロー162を37.2質量部用い、酸化防止剤(BHT)を用いず、光重合性化合物を20.2質量部用いた以外は、実施例13と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物24を得た。
(Example 24)
In Example 13, instead of the blue color material α as the color material, C.I. I. Photosensitive coloring for color filters in the same manner as in Example 13 except that 37.2 parts by mass of Solvent Yellow 162, no antioxidant (BHT), and 20.2 parts by mass of the photopolymerizable compound were used. A resin composition 24 was obtained.
(比較例6)
 実施例24において、光開始剤として合成例1で得られた化合物A、合成例5で得られた化合物E及びIrg819(BASF製)を用いずに、前記化学式(5)で表されるOXE-02(BASF製)を表2に示す量で用いた以外は、実施例24と同様にして、比較カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物6を得た。
(Comparative Example 6)
In Example 24, without using Compound A obtained in Synthesis Example 1, Compound E obtained in Synthesis Example 5 and Irg819 (manufactured by BASF) as a photoinitiator, OXE- represented by the above chemical formula (5) was used. A photosensitive colored resin composition 6 for a comparative color filter was obtained in the same manner as in Example 24 except that 02 (manufactured by BASF) was used in an amount shown in Table 2.
(実施例25)
 実施例16において、色材として青色色材αに代えて、ピグメントグリーン58を23.8質量部と、合成例11で得られたAzo誘導体2を13.4質量部用いた以外は、実施例16と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物25を得た。
(Example 25)
In Example 16, in place of the blue color material α as the color material, 23.8 parts by mass of Pigment Green 58 and 13.4 parts by mass of the Azo derivative 2 obtained in Synthesis Example 11 were used. In the same manner as in No. 16, a photosensitive colored resin composition 25 for a color filter was obtained.
(実施例26)
 実施例16において、色材として青色色材αに代えて、ピグメントグリーン58を24.5質量部と、合成例12で得られたAzo誘導体3を12.7質量部用いた以外は、実施例16と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物26を得た。
(Example 26)
In Example 16, instead of the blue color material α as the color material, 24.5 parts by mass of Pigment Green 58 and 12.7 parts by mass of the Azo derivative 3 obtained in Synthesis Example 12 were used. In the same manner as in No. 16, a photosensitive colored resin composition 26 for a color filter was obtained.
(実施例27)
 実施例16において、色材として青色色材αに代えて、ピグメントグリーン58を25.3質量部と、合成例13で得られたAzo誘導体4を11.9質量部用いた以外は、実施例16と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物27を得た。
(Example 27)
In Example 16, instead of the blue color material α as a color material, 25.3 parts by mass of Pigment Green 58 and 11.9 parts by mass of the Azo derivative 4 obtained in Synthesis Example 13 were used. In the same manner as in No. 16, a photosensitive colored resin composition 27 for a color filter was obtained.
(実施例28)
 実施例16において、色材として青色色材αに代えて、ピグメントグリーン58を26.1質量部と、合成例14で得られたAzo誘導体5を11.1質量部用いた以外は、実施例16と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物28を得た。
(Example 28)
In Example 16, instead of the blue color material α as the color material, 26.1 parts by mass of Pigment Green 58 and 11.1 parts by mass of Azo derivative 5 obtained in Synthesis Example 14 were used. In the same manner as in No. 16, a photosensitive colored resin composition 28 for a color filter was obtained.
(実施例29)
 実施例27において、酸化防止剤として化合物aの代わりに、BHTを用いた以外は、実施例27と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物29を得た。
(Example 29)
In Example 27, a photosensitive colored resin composition 29 for a color filter was obtained in the same manner as in Example 27 except that BHT was used instead of the compound a as the antioxidant.
(実施例30)
 実施例27において、酸化防止剤の化合物aを用いず、光重合性化合物を20.2質量部用いた以外は、実施例27と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物30を得た。
(Example 30)
In Example 27, the photosensitive colored resin composition 30 for color filters was obtained in the same manner as in Example 27 except that 20.2 parts by mass of the photopolymerizable compound was used without using the antioxidant compound a. It was.
(比較例7)
 実施例27において、光開始剤として合成例1で得られた化合物A、合成例5で得られた化合物E及びIrg819(BASF製)を用いずに、前記化学式(5)で表されるOXE-02(BASF製)を表2に示す量で用い、酸化防止剤を用いず、光重合性化合物を20.2質量部用いた以外は、実施例27と同様にして、比較カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物7を得た。
(Comparative Example 7)
In Example 27, without using Compound A obtained in Synthesis Example 1, Compound E obtained in Synthesis Example 5 and Irg819 (manufactured by BASF) as a photoinitiator, OXE- represented by the above chemical formula (5) was used. Photosensitive compound for comparative color filter in the same manner as in Example 27 except that 02 (manufactured by BASF) was used in an amount shown in Table 2, an antioxidant was not used, and 20.2 parts by mass of a photopolymerizable compound was used. A colored resin composition 7 was obtained.
[評価]
 各実施例及び各比較例で得られた感光性着色樹脂組成物を、ガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)社製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いて硬化塗膜が厚さ3.0μmとなるように塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて80℃で3分間乾燥しガラス基板上に塗膜を形成した。この塗膜に、開口寸法90μm×300μmの独立細線内の中央に20μm×20μmのクロムマスクを配置したパターンフォトマスク(クロムマスク)を介して、超高圧水銀灯を用いて40mJ/cmの紫外線で露光することにより、ガラス基板上に露光後塗膜を形成した。次いで、0.05wt%水酸化カリウム水溶液を現像液としてスピン現像し、現像液に60秒間接液させた後に純水で洗浄することで現像処理し、微小孔を有する独立細線パターン状の塗膜を得た。その後、230℃のクリーンオーブンで25分間ポストベークすることにより、微小孔を有する独立細線パターン状の着色層を形成した。得られた着色層について下記評価を行った。
[Evaluation]
The photosensitive colored resin composition obtained in each example and each comparative example was coated on a glass substrate (NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., “NA35”) using a spin coater to obtain a cured coating film having a thickness of 3 After coating to a thickness of 0.0 μm, it was dried at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate to form a coating film on the glass substrate. This coating film is irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 40 mJ / cm 2 using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp through a pattern photomask (chrome mask) in which a chromium mask of 20 μm × 20 μm is arranged in the center of an independent thin line having an opening size of 90 μm × 300 μm. By exposing, a post-exposure coating film was formed on the glass substrate. Next, spin-develop with 0.05 wt% potassium hydroxide aqueous solution as a developer, develop it by indirect solution in the developer for 60 seconds, and then wash with pure water to form a coating film with an independent fine line pattern having micropores Got. After that, post-baking in a clean oven at 230 ° C. for 25 minutes was performed to form a colored layer having an independent fine line pattern having micropores. The following evaluation was performed about the obtained colored layer.
<光学特性評価>
 各実施例及び各比較例で得られた感光性着色樹脂組成物を、ガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)社製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いて塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて80℃で3分間乾燥しガラス基板上に塗膜を形成した。フォトマスクを介さずに超高圧水銀灯を用いて60mJ/cmの紫外線を全面照射し、露光後塗膜を形成した。次いで、0.05wt%水酸化カリウム水溶液を現像液としてスピン現像し、現像液に60秒間接液させた後に純水で洗浄することで現像処理し現像後塗膜を形成した。その後、230℃のクリーンオーブンで25分間ポストベークし、色度は青色色材αを用いた場合は、y=0.083、PR254を用いた場合は、x=0.650、PG59/Azo誘導体を用いた場合は、y=0.610、C.Iソルベントイエロー162を用いた場合はy=0.503、PG58/Azo誘導体を用いた場合はy=0.630となるように硬化塗膜(着色層)を形成した。前記着色層の色度(x、y)及び輝度(Y)をオリンパス製顕微分光測定装置OSP-SP200を用いて測定した。
<Optical characteristic evaluation>
The photosensitive colored resin composition obtained in each example and each comparative example was applied on a glass substrate (NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., “NA35”) using a spin coater, and then a hot plate was used. It was used and dried at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes to form a coating on the glass substrate. The whole surface was irradiated with 60 mJ / cm 2 of ultraviolet light using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp without passing through a photomask to form a post-exposure coating film. Next, spin development was performed using a 0.05 wt% potassium hydroxide aqueous solution as a developer, and the resulting solution was indirectly developed for 60 seconds and then washed with pure water to form a post-development coating film. Thereafter, it was post-baked in a clean oven at 230 ° C. for 25 minutes, and the chromaticity was y = 0.083 when using the blue color material α, x = 0.650 when using PR254, and PG59 / Azo derivative. , Y = 0.610, C.I. A cured coating film (colored layer) was formed so that y = 0.503 when I Solvent Yellow 162 was used and y = 0.630 when PG58 / Azo derivative was used. The chromaticity (x, y) and luminance (Y) of the colored layer were measured using an Olympus microscopic spectrophotometer OSP-SP200.
<現像性評価>
[直線性]
 露光時に使用したクロムマスクの開口幅90μmに当たる部分の着色層の細線パターンの幅を光学顕微鏡で5箇所測定し、線幅のばらつきをもって直線性を評価した。
A:ばらつきが±0.1μm以内
B:ばらつきが±0.1μm超過±0.3μm以内
C:ばらつきが±0.3μm超過
[残膜率]
 前記着色層の形成において、塗膜を形成する過程で、露光後の膜厚(E)及び現像後の膜厚(D)を触針式プロファイラP-16(KLA-Tencor社製)で測定し、現像後膜厚(D)/露光後の膜厚(E)を残膜率として算出した。
 なお、現像後膜厚(D)/露光後の膜厚(E)が90%以上であると実使用に適した範囲である。
<Developability evaluation>
[Linearity]
The width of the fine line pattern of the colored layer at the portion corresponding to the opening width of 90 μm of the chromium mask used at the time of exposure was measured with an optical microscope, and the linearity was evaluated based on the variation in line width.
A: Variation within ± 0.1 μm B: Variation within ± 0.1 μm within ± 0.3 μm C: Variation over ± 0.3 μm [Residual film ratio]
In the formation of the colored layer, the film thickness after exposure (E) and the film thickness after development (D) were measured with a stylus profiler P-16 (manufactured by KLA-Tencor) in the process of forming a coating film. The film thickness after development (D) / the film thickness after exposure (E) was calculated as the remaining film ratio.
It should be noted that the film thickness after development (D) / the film thickness after exposure (E) is 90% or more, which is a range suitable for actual use.
 前記着色層を光学顕微鏡により観察し、下記評価基準により、微小孔の形状、ビリツキ及び現像残渣について評価した。
[形状]
A:独立細線パターン内に配置されたクロムマスクの寸法に対して、着色層に形成された微小孔の寸法のズレが絶対値で2%より小さい
B:独立細線パターン内に配置されたクロムマスクの寸法に対して、着色層に形成された微小孔の寸法のズレが絶対値で2%以上6%以下
C:独立細線パターン内に配置されたクロムマスクの寸法に対して、着色層に形成された微小孔の寸法のズレが絶対値で6%より大きく8%以下
D:独立細線パターン内に配置されたクロムマスクの寸法に対して、着色層に形成された微小孔の寸法のズレが絶対値で8%より大きい
 なお、寸法のズレは、各辺の寸法のズレの平均値として算出した。
[ビリツキ]
A:着色層に形成された微小孔の周縁部の十点平均粗さが0.1より小さい
B:着色層に形成された微小孔の周縁部の十点平均粗さが0.1以上0.5以下
C:着色層に形成された微小孔の周縁部の十点平均粗さが0.5より大きい
 なお、十点平均粗さは、JIS B0601に準拠して測定した。
[現像残渣]
AA:光学顕微鏡による観察で着色層に形成された微小孔内部に着色が観察されず、微小孔周縁部にも透明物が観察されない
A:光学顕微鏡による観察で着色層に形成された微小孔内部に着色が観察されないが、微小孔周縁部に一部透明物が観察される
B:光学顕微鏡による観察で着色層に形成された微小孔内部に着色が観察される
The colored layer was observed with an optical microscope, and the shape of micropores, billiness and development residue were evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.
[shape]
A: The deviation of the dimension of the minute holes formed in the colored layer is smaller than 2% in absolute value with respect to the dimension of the chromium mask arranged in the independent thin line pattern. B: The chromium mask arranged in the independent thin line pattern. Deviations in the size of the micropores formed in the colored layer with respect to the dimension of 2 to 6% in absolute value C: formed in the colored layer with respect to the dimension of the chrome mask arranged in the independent fine line pattern Deviation of the dimension of the formed micropore is larger than 6% and not more than 8% in absolute value. D: The dimension deviation of the microhole formed in the colored layer is different from the dimension of the chromium mask arranged in the independent thin line pattern. The absolute value is larger than 8%. Note that the dimensional deviation was calculated as an average value of the dimensional deviation of each side.
[Biritsuki]
A: Ten-point average roughness of the peripheral portion of the micropore formed in the colored layer is smaller than 0.1 B: Ten-point average roughness of the peripheral portion of the micropore formed in the colored layer is 0.1 or more and 0 .5 or less C: The ten-point average roughness of the peripheral edge of the micropore formed in the colored layer is greater than 0.5. The ten-point average roughness was measured in accordance with JIS B0601.
[Development residue]
AA: No coloring is observed inside the micropores formed in the colored layer by observation with an optical microscope, and no transparent material is observed at the periphery of the micropore A: Inside the micropores formed in the colored layer by observation with an optical microscope No coloration is observed, but some transparent material is observed at the periphery of the micropore B: Coloration is observed inside the micropore formed in the colored layer by observation with an optical microscope
 表1及び表2中の略称は以下の通りである。
・OXE-01:オキシムエステル系光開始剤(商品名 イルガキュアOXE-01、BASF製)
・OXE-02:オキシムエステル系光開始剤(商品名 イルガキュアOXE-02、BASF製)
・Irg369:α-アミノケトン系光開始剤(イルガキュア369、BASF製)
・Irg907:α-アミノケトン系光開始剤(イルガキュア907、BASF製) 
・メルカプト系:メルカプト系連鎖移動剤(2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾール、東京化成製)
・ビイミダゾール系:ビイミダゾール系光開始剤(HABI、黒金化成製)
・DETX:チオキサントン系光開始剤(DOUBLECURE DETX、Double BondChemical製)
・Irg819:アシルフォスフィンオキサイド系光開始剤(イルガキュア819、BASF製
・BHT:ジブチルヒドロキシトルエン
・AO-40:ビスフェノール系酸化防止剤(アデカスタブ AO-40、ADEKA製)
・Irg1010:ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤(イルガキュア1010、BASF製)
Abbreviations in Table 1 and Table 2 are as follows.
OXE-01: oxime ester photoinitiator (trade name: Irgacure OXE-01, manufactured by BASF)
OXE-02: oxime ester photoinitiator (trade name Irgacure OXE-02, manufactured by BASF)
Irg369: α-aminoketone photoinitiator (Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF)
Irg907: α-aminoketone photoinitiator (Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF)
・ Mercapto series: Mercapto chain transfer agent (2-mercaptobenzothiazole, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
・ Biimidazole series: Biimidazole series photoinitiator (HABI, manufactured by Kurokin Kasei)
DETX: thioxanthone photoinitiator (DOUBLECURE DETX, manufactured by Double Bond Chemical)
Irg819: acylphosphine oxide photoinitiator (Irgacure 819, manufactured by BASF, BHT: dibutylhydroxytoluene, AO-40: bisphenol-based antioxidant (Adekastab AO-40, manufactured by ADEKA)
Irg1010: hindered phenol antioxidant (Irgacure 1010, manufactured by BASF)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000037
<結果のまとめ>
 光開始剤として、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物を含有する実施例1~30の感光性着色樹脂組成物は、各々同じ色材を用いた比較感光性着色樹脂組成物に比べ、輝度が向上した着色層を形成可能であることが明らかにされた。また、実施例1~30の着色樹脂組成物は、残膜率が高く、感度が良好であった。実施例1~30の感光性着色樹脂組成物は、細線パターンの直線性に優れ、着色層をパターニングする際に同時に着色層に所望の微小孔を形成し易いことが明らかにされた。また、前記一般式(1)のZが水素原子であるオキシムエステル化合物を用いた実施例1~3は、輝度及び残膜率が高く、前記一般式(1)のZが-(C=O)Rであるオキシムエステル化合物を用いた実施例4は、当該オキシムエステル化合物の溶剤溶解性及び他の成分との相溶性がより良好であり、微小孔の形状がより良好であった。実施例1と実施例2の微小孔の断面を観察して比較したところ、実施例2の方がテーパー角が緩やかであり、微小孔の形状がより良好であった。
 また、光開始剤として、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物と、ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシムエステル化合物とを組み合わせて用いることにより、微小孔の形状がより良好となった(実施例1と実施例5との比較、及び実施例2と実施例6~8との比較)。
 また、光開始剤として、前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物と、ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシムエステル化合物とを組み合わせ、更に、α-アミノケトン系光開始剤、ビイミダゾール系光開始剤、チオキサントン系光開始剤、アシルフォスフィンオキサイド系光開始剤、及びメルカプト系連鎖移動剤から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含有することにより、細線パターンの直線性が向上し、微小孔の形状がより良好となった(実施例5と実施例9~13との比較)。
 また、酸化防止剤を含有することにより、微小孔のビリツキがより抑制され、輝度も向上した(実施例1と実施例21との比較、実施例27及び29と実施例30との比較)。酸化防止剤の中でも、潜在性酸化防止剤(化合物a)を用いると微小孔のビリツキがより抑制されながら、酸化防止剤を用いない場合と同等に残膜率が良好であった。一方で、潜在性酸化防止剤ではないヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤を用いた場合、潜在性酸化防止剤を用いた場合よりも輝度がより向上した(実施例27及び29と実施例30との比較)。
 一方、光開始剤として前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物を含有せず、カルバゾール骨格を有するオキシムエステル化合物を用いた比較例1及び比較例4~7では、同じ色材を用いた実施例に比べて輝度が劣り、細線パターンの直線性に劣り、微小孔を形成することができなかった。
 また、光開始剤として前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物を含有せず、Irg907(α-アミノケトン系光開始剤)を用いた比較例2では、輝度及び残膜率が劣っていた。
 光開始剤として前記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物を含有せず、フルオレン骨格にニトロ基を有し、該フルオレン骨格にカルボニル基を介さずにオキシムエステル基が結合する比較化合物Aを用いた比較例3では、輝度及び直線性が劣っていた。比較例3の直線性が劣っていたのは、比較化合物Aの溶剤溶解性及び他の成分との相溶性が劣るためと推定される。
<Summary of results>
The photosensitive colored resin compositions of Examples 1 to 30 containing the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) as a photoinitiator were used as comparative photosensitive colored resin compositions using the same color material. In comparison, it was revealed that a colored layer with improved luminance can be formed. In addition, the colored resin compositions of Examples 1 to 30 had a high residual film ratio and good sensitivity. It was clarified that the photosensitive colored resin compositions of Examples 1 to 30 were excellent in the linearity of the fine line pattern, and desired micropores were easily formed in the colored layer at the same time when the colored layer was patterned. In Examples 1 to 3 using the oxime ester compound in which Z in the general formula (1) is a hydrogen atom, the luminance and the remaining film ratio are high, and Z in the general formula (1) is — (C═O ) example using an oxime ester compound is a R d 4 is compatibility with solvent solubility and other components of the oxime ester compound is better, the shape of the micropores was better. When the cross sections of the micropores of Example 1 and Example 2 were observed and compared, Example 2 had a gentler taper angle and a better micropore shape.
In addition, by using a combination of the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) and the oxime ester compound having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton as a photoinitiator, the shape of the micropores was improved (implementation). Comparison between Example 1 and Example 5 and Comparison between Example 2 and Examples 6-8).
Further, as the photoinitiator, an oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) and an oxime ester compound having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton are combined, and an α-aminoketone photoinitiator or a biimidazole photoinitiator is further combined. , Containing at least one selected from thioxanthone photoinitiators, acylphosphine oxide photoinitiators, and mercapto chain transfer agents improves the linearity of the fine line pattern and improves the shape of the micropores (Comparison between Example 5 and Examples 9 to 13).
In addition, the inclusion of the antioxidant further suppressed the fluctuation of micropores and improved the brightness (comparison between Example 1 and Example 21, and comparison between Examples 27 and 29 and Example 30). Among the antioxidants, when the latent antioxidant (compound a) was used, the remaining film ratio was as good as when the antioxidant was not used while the micropores were more suppressed. On the other hand, when a hindered phenolic antioxidant that is not a latent antioxidant is used, the luminance is improved more than when a latent antioxidant is used (Examples 27 and 29 and Example 30). Comparison).
On the other hand, the same color material was used in Comparative Example 1 and Comparative Examples 4 to 7 which did not contain the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) as a photoinitiator and used an oxime ester compound having a carbazole skeleton. The brightness was inferior to that of the previous example, the linearity of the fine line pattern was inferior, and micropores could not be formed.
Further, in Comparative Example 2 which does not contain the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) as a photoinitiator and uses Irg907 (α-aminoketone photoinitiator), the luminance and the remaining film ratio are inferior. It was.
Comparative compound A which does not contain the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) as a photoinitiator, has a nitro group in the fluorene skeleton, and the oxime ester group is bonded to the fluorene skeleton without a carbonyl group. In the comparative example 3 using the brightness and the linearity were inferior. The reason why the linearity of Comparative Example 3 was inferior is presumed that the solvent solubility of Comparative Compound A and the compatibility with other components were inferior.
 1 基板
 2 遮光部
 3 着色層
 10 カラーフィルタ
 20 対向基板
 30 液晶層
 40 液晶表示装置
 50 有機保護層
 60 無機酸化膜
 71 透明陽極
 72 正孔注入層
 73 正孔輸送層
 74 発光層
 75 電子注入層
 76 陰極
 80 有機発光体
100 有機発光表示装置
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Substrate 2 Light-shielding part 3 Colored layer 10 Color filter 20 Counter substrate 30 Liquid crystal layer 40 Liquid crystal display device 50 Organic protective layer 60 Inorganic oxide film 71 Transparent anode 72 Hole injection layer 73 Hole transport layer 74 Light emitting layer 75 Electron injection layer 76 Cathode 80 Organic light emitter 100 Organic light emitting display device

Claims (12)

  1.  色材と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、溶剤とを含有し、
     前記光開始剤が、下記一般式(1)で表されるオキシムエステル化合物を含有する、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (一般式(1)において、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基であり、Rは、チオエーテル結合(-S-)、エーテル結合(-O-)及びカルボニル結合(-CO-)から選択される少なくとも1種の2価の連結基を含んでいてもよい炭化水素基であり、Zは、水素原子又は-(C=O)Rであり、Rは酸素原子及び硫黄原子から選択される少なくとも1種を含んでいてもよい炭化水素基、又は、窒素原子を含まず、酸素原子及び硫黄原子から選択される少なくとも1種を含む複素環基であり、Rは、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基である。)
    Containing a coloring material, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, and a solvent;
    The photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters in which the said photoinitiator contains the oxime ester compound represented by following General formula (1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (In the general formula (1), R a and R b are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and R c is a thioether bond (—S—), an ether bond (—O—) and a carbonyl bond (— CO—) is a hydrocarbon group which may contain at least one divalent linking group selected from Z, Z is a hydrogen atom or — (C═O) R d , and R d is an oxygen atom And a hydrocarbon group that may contain at least one selected from sulfur atoms, or a heterocyclic group that does not contain a nitrogen atom and contains at least one selected from oxygen and sulfur atoms, and R e Is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.)
  2.  前記光開始剤が、カルバゾール骨格を有しないオキシムエステル化合物を2種以上含む、請求項1に記載のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to claim 1, wherein the photoinitiator includes two or more oxime ester compounds having no carbazole skeleton.
  3.  前記光開始剤が、更に、ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシムエステル化合物を含む、請求項1又は2に記載のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the photoinitiator further contains an oxime ester compound having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton.
  4.  前記光開始剤が、更に、α-アミノケトン系光開始剤、ビイミダゾール系光開始剤、チオキサントン系光開始剤、アシルフォスフィンオキサイド系光開始剤、及びメルカプト系連鎖移動剤から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含有する、請求項1乃至3のいずれか一項に記載のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物。 The photoinitiator is further at least one selected from α-aminoketone photoinitiators, biimidazole photoinitiators, thioxanthone photoinitiators, acylphosphine oxide photoinitiators, and mercapto chain transfer agents. The photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters as described in any one of Claims 1 thru | or 3 containing this.
  5.  前記光開始剤が、更に、α-アミノケトン系光開始剤、ビイミダゾール系光開始剤、チオキサントン系光開始剤、アシルフォスフィンオキサイド系光開始剤、及びメルカプト系連鎖移動剤から選ばれる少なくとも1種と、ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシムエステル化合物とを含有する、請求項1乃至4のいずれか一項に記載のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物。 The photoinitiator is further at least one selected from α-aminoketone photoinitiators, biimidazole photoinitiators, thioxanthone photoinitiators, acylphosphine oxide photoinitiators, and mercapto chain transfer agents. The photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters as described in any one of Claims 1 thru | or 4 containing the oxime ester compound which has a diphenyl sulfide skeleton.
  6.  更に酸化防止剤を含有する、請求項1乃至5のいずれか一項に記載のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物。 Furthermore, the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters as described in any one of Claims 1 thru | or 5 containing antioxidant.
  7.  前記酸化防止剤が、ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤、及びヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤のフェノール性水酸基を加熱により脱離可能な保護基で保護した潜在性ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種である、請求項6に記載のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物。 The antioxidant comprises a hindered phenolic antioxidant and a latent hindered phenolic antioxidant in which the phenolic hydroxyl group of the hindered phenolic antioxidant is protected with a protecting group that can be removed by heating. The photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters of Claim 6 which is at least 1 sort (s) selected from.
  8.  更に分散剤を含有し、当該分散剤が、下記一般式(I)で表される構造を含みアミン価が40mgKOH/g以上120mgKOH/g以下である重合体を含む、請求項1乃至7のいずれか一項に記載のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (一般式(I)中、Rは、水素原子又はメチル基、Qは、直接結合又は2価の連結基、Rは、炭素数1~8のアルキレン基、-[CH(R)-CH(R)-O]-CH(R)-CH(R)-又は-[(CH-O]-(CH-で示される2価の有機基、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、置換されていてもよい鎖状又は環状の炭化水素基を表すか、R及びRが互いに結合して環状構造を形成する。R及びRは、それぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基である。
     xは1~18の整数、yは1~5の整数、zは1~18の整数を示す。)
    The dispersant according to any one of claims 1 to 7, further comprising a dispersant, wherein the dispersant contains a polymer having a structure represented by the following general formula (I) and an amine value of 40 mgKOH / g or more and 120 mgKOH / g or less. A photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to claim 1.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (In the general formula (I), R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, Q is a direct bond or a divalent linking group, R 2 is an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, — [CH (R 5 ) A divalent organic group represented by —CH (R 6 ) —O] x —CH (R 5 ) —CH (R 6 ) — or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z — (CH 2 ) y — , R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a optionally substituted linear or cyclic hydrocarbon group, R 3 and R 4 form a ring structure by bonding with each other .R 5 and R Each 6 is independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
    x represents an integer of 1 to 18, y represents an integer of 1 to 5, and z represents an integer of 1 to 18. )
  9.  前記分散剤が、前記一般式(I)で表される構造を含みアミン価が40mgKOH/g以上120mgKOH/g以下である重合体であって、且つ、酸価が1mgKOH/g以上18mgKOH/g以下である、請求項8に記載のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物。 The dispersant is a polymer having a structure represented by the general formula (I) and an amine value of 40 mgKOH / g or more and 120 mgKOH / g or less, and an acid value of 1 mgKOH / g or more and 18 mgKOH / g or less. The photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters according to claim 8, wherein
  10.  前記色材が、亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料と、下記一般式(ii)で表されるアゾ化合物及びそれの互変異性構造のアゾ化合物のモノ、ジ、トリおよびテトラアニオンからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種のアニオンとCd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb、Zn,Fe,Ni,CuおよびMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも2種の金属のイオンを含む黄色色材と、を含有する、請求項1乃至9のいずれか一項に記載のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物。 The colorant is at least one selected from the group consisting of a zinc phthalocyanine pigment, an azo compound represented by the following general formula (ii), and mono-, di-, tri-, and tetraanions of an azo compound having a tautomer structure thereof. A yellow color material containing a seed anion and ions of at least two kinds of metals selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu, and Mn. The photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters as described in any one of Claims 1 thru | or 9.
  11.  基板と、当該基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが請求項1乃至10のいずれか一項に記載のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の硬化物からなる着色層である、カラーフィルタ。 A photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the color filter comprises at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers. A color filter, which is a colored layer made of a cured product.
  12.  前記請求項11に記載のカラーフィルタを有する、表示装置。 A display device comprising the color filter according to claim 11.
PCT/JP2017/034555 2016-09-30 2017-09-25 Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device WO2018062105A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017550961A JP7008508B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2017-09-25 Photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters, color filters, and display devices
CN201780052979.9A CN109642971B (en) 2016-09-30 2017-09-25 Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, and display device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016-193104 2016-09-30
JP2016193104 2016-09-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018062105A1 true WO2018062105A1 (en) 2018-04-05

Family

ID=61763207

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2017/034555 WO2018062105A1 (en) 2016-09-30 2017-09-25 Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7008508B2 (en)
CN (1) CN109642971B (en)
TW (1) TWI742166B (en)
WO (1) WO2018062105A1 (en)

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2018072849A (en) * 2014-07-15 2018-05-10 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive composition and compound
WO2020152120A1 (en) 2019-01-23 2020-07-30 Basf Se Oxime ester photoinitiators having a special aroyl chromophore
JP2021092614A (en) * 2019-12-06 2021-06-17 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Photosensitive green composition, color filter and display device
CN113189842A (en) * 2020-12-20 2021-07-30 尚健 Preparation method of color filter
WO2021172341A1 (en) * 2020-02-27 2021-09-02 川崎化成工業株式会社 Photoradically polymerizable composition
WO2021175855A1 (en) 2020-03-04 2021-09-10 Basf Se Oxime ester photoinitiators
WO2022039027A1 (en) * 2020-08-20 2022-02-24 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive composition and transfer film
JP7453023B2 (en) 2020-03-12 2024-03-19 東京応化工業株式会社 Colored photosensitive composition, colored film, and method for producing colored film

Citations (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007080947A1 (en) * 2006-01-13 2007-07-19 Toyo Ink Mfg. Co., Ltd. Diketooxime ester compound and use thereof
JP2010156879A (en) * 2008-12-29 2010-07-15 Fujifilm Corp Photosensitive composition, color filter and liquid crystal display
WO2014050738A1 (en) * 2012-09-28 2014-04-03 ダイトーケミックス株式会社 Fluorene-type compound, photopolymerization initiator comprising said fluorene-type compound, and photosensitive composition containing said photopolymerization initiator
JP2014134763A (en) * 2012-12-11 2014-07-24 Jsr Corp Radiation-sensitive resin composition, cured film for display element, method for forming cured film for display element, and display element
JP2014137466A (en) * 2013-01-16 2014-07-28 Jsr Corp Radiation-sensitive coloring composition, colored cured film and display element
WO2016010036A1 (en) * 2014-07-15 2016-01-21 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive composition and compound
WO2016104493A1 (en) * 2014-12-24 2016-06-30 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Coloring material dispersant for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device
JP2016141770A (en) * 2015-02-04 2016-08-08 東京応化工業株式会社 Colorant dispersion, photosensitive resin composition comprising the same, and dispersion assistant
JP2016218353A (en) * 2015-05-25 2016-12-22 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive composition, pattern forming method, cured film, insulation film, and display device
JP2017027029A (en) * 2015-07-21 2017-02-02 東京応化工業株式会社 Coloring photosensitive composition
JP2017102431A (en) * 2015-12-03 2017-06-08 東友ファインケム株式会社Dongwoo Fine−Chem Co., Ltd. Colored photosensitive resin composition, and color filter and image display device manufactured by using the same
JP2017125972A (en) * 2016-01-14 2017-07-20 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive composition
WO2017169819A1 (en) * 2016-03-29 2017-10-05 株式会社Adeka Black photosensitive resin composition

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5966629B2 (en) * 2012-05-31 2016-08-10 大日本印刷株式会社 Non-aqueous dispersant, coloring material dispersion and method for producing the same, colored resin composition and method for producing the same, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic light emitting display device
KR101877992B1 (en) 2012-07-30 2018-07-13 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Colored photosensitive resin composition
CN104334684B (en) * 2012-07-31 2019-08-27 株式会社艾迪科 Latency additive and composition containing the additive
JP5890457B2 (en) * 2013-08-05 2016-03-22 東京応化工業株式会社 Pigment dispersion, photosensitive resin composition containing the same, and dispersion aid
CN107003448B (en) * 2014-12-24 2020-02-14 Dnp精细化工股份有限公司 Color material dispersion liquid, photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device

Patent Citations (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007080947A1 (en) * 2006-01-13 2007-07-19 Toyo Ink Mfg. Co., Ltd. Diketooxime ester compound and use thereof
JP2010156879A (en) * 2008-12-29 2010-07-15 Fujifilm Corp Photosensitive composition, color filter and liquid crystal display
WO2014050738A1 (en) * 2012-09-28 2014-04-03 ダイトーケミックス株式会社 Fluorene-type compound, photopolymerization initiator comprising said fluorene-type compound, and photosensitive composition containing said photopolymerization initiator
JP2014134763A (en) * 2012-12-11 2014-07-24 Jsr Corp Radiation-sensitive resin composition, cured film for display element, method for forming cured film for display element, and display element
JP2014137466A (en) * 2013-01-16 2014-07-28 Jsr Corp Radiation-sensitive coloring composition, colored cured film and display element
WO2016010036A1 (en) * 2014-07-15 2016-01-21 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive composition and compound
WO2016104493A1 (en) * 2014-12-24 2016-06-30 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Coloring material dispersant for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device
JP2016141770A (en) * 2015-02-04 2016-08-08 東京応化工業株式会社 Colorant dispersion, photosensitive resin composition comprising the same, and dispersion assistant
JP2016218353A (en) * 2015-05-25 2016-12-22 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive composition, pattern forming method, cured film, insulation film, and display device
JP2017027029A (en) * 2015-07-21 2017-02-02 東京応化工業株式会社 Coloring photosensitive composition
JP2017102431A (en) * 2015-12-03 2017-06-08 東友ファインケム株式会社Dongwoo Fine−Chem Co., Ltd. Colored photosensitive resin composition, and color filter and image display device manufactured by using the same
JP2017125972A (en) * 2016-01-14 2017-07-20 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive composition
WO2017169819A1 (en) * 2016-03-29 2017-10-05 株式会社Adeka Black photosensitive resin composition

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2018072849A (en) * 2014-07-15 2018-05-10 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive composition and compound
WO2020152120A1 (en) 2019-01-23 2020-07-30 Basf Se Oxime ester photoinitiators having a special aroyl chromophore
JP2021092614A (en) * 2019-12-06 2021-06-17 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Photosensitive green composition, color filter and display device
JP7422303B2 (en) 2019-12-06 2024-01-26 artience株式会社 Photosensitive green composition, color filter and display device
WO2021172341A1 (en) * 2020-02-27 2021-09-02 川崎化成工業株式会社 Photoradically polymerizable composition
WO2021175855A1 (en) 2020-03-04 2021-09-10 Basf Se Oxime ester photoinitiators
JP7453023B2 (en) 2020-03-12 2024-03-19 東京応化工業株式会社 Colored photosensitive composition, colored film, and method for producing colored film
WO2022039027A1 (en) * 2020-08-20 2022-02-24 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive composition and transfer film
JPWO2022039027A1 (en) * 2020-08-20 2022-02-24
CN113189842A (en) * 2020-12-20 2021-07-30 尚健 Preparation method of color filter
CN113189842B (en) * 2020-12-20 2024-05-17 江苏穿越光电科技有限公司 Preparation method of color filter

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2018062105A1 (en) 2019-07-11
CN109642971B (en) 2022-07-12
TW201818154A (en) 2018-05-16
JP7008508B2 (en) 2022-01-25
TWI742166B (en) 2021-10-11
CN109642971A (en) 2019-04-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2018062105A1 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
JP6059397B2 (en) Color material dispersion for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
JP2017167399A (en) Photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display
JP6494875B2 (en) Color material dispersion for color filter, colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
JP6578252B2 (en) Color material dispersion for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
JP6692184B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, display device
JP2016110065A (en) Color filter coloring resin composition, color filter, and display device
JP6817503B1 (en) Photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters, cured products, color filters, and display devices
JP2018101018A (en) Colored resin composition for color filter, coloring material dispersion liquid, color filter, and display
JP5110222B2 (en) Pigment dispersion, negative resist composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic light emitting display device
TW201840740A (en) Color material dispersion liquid for color filter, color resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
JP2019174635A (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
WO2017170263A1 (en) Photosensitive coloring resin composition, color filter and method for producing same, and display device
JP6078999B2 (en) Red pigment dispersion for color filter and production method thereof, red photosensitive resin composition for color filter and production method thereof, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic light emitting display device
JP5899719B2 (en) Pigment dispersion, negative resist composition for color filter and method for producing the same, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic light emitting display device
WO2019031292A1 (en) Photosensitive coloring resin composition, cured product of same, color filter and display device
JP6179075B2 (en) Red pigment dispersion for color filter and production method thereof, red photosensitive resin composition for color filter and production method thereof, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic light emitting display device
JP5942365B2 (en) Color filter pigment dispersion, color filter negative resist composition and method for producing the same, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light emitting display device
JP2018101015A (en) Colored resin composition for color filter, coloring material dispersion liquid, color filter, and display
JP6450057B1 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition and cured product thereof, color filter, and display device
WO2018159541A1 (en) Coloring material dispersion for color filter, coloring material resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
WO2023002875A1 (en) Halogenated phthalocyanine colorant, colored curable composition, color filter and display device
JP6949527B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, display device
WO2023026894A1 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, and display device
JP2015026077A (en) Method of manufacturing color filter resin composition and method of manufacturing color filter

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2017550961

Country of ref document: JP

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17856056

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17856056

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1